{"title":"BMW G82 M4","description":"\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eShop performance parts and upgrades for the BMW G82 M4 at The Rosso Corsa Collective.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe G82 M4 is one of BMW’s most capable modern performance platforms, combining a highly developed chassis with strong turbocharged power and extensive potential for suspension, braking, handling and engine upgrades.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhether you're building a sharper fast-road car, improving an OEM+ setup or preparing your M4 for regular track use, our BMW G82 M4 collection includes selected parts from specialist aftermarket brands.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"bc-racing-ds-series-bmw-2-3-4-series-g87-g80-g82-m2-m3-m4-2020-rwd","title":"BC Racing DS Series - BMW 2\/3\/4 Series G87 G80 G82 M2 M3 M4 (2020+) (RWD)","description":"\u003cp class=\"font-weight-bold\"\u003e\u003cimg\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePLEASE NOTE THE IMAGE IS FOR ILLUSTRATION PURPOSES ONLY IF YOU REQUIRE SPECIFIC NEEDS SUCH AS TOP MOUNTS THEN PLEASE CONTACT US TO CONFIRM BEFORE ORDERING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"font-weight-bold\"\u003eThis is the kit we recommend for the best balance of performance and comfort, designed by the factory to have the best overall compromise of spring rate, ride height range, top mount design and damping rate to suit the majority of car owners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is more than capable of dealing with fast road and track work but also retains a high degree ride civility so the car can still be used for mundane duties and long journeys without the ride becoming tiring.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BC Racing","offers":[{"title":"DS DA - 6\/14kg.mm","offer_id":52023886381393,"sku":"0072568","price":1114.2,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"DS DS - 6\/14kg.mm","offer_id":52023886414161,"sku":"0072569","price":1114.2,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/BC-Racing-DS-Series-MINI-CLUBMAN-F54-14_-_F54_-BC-Racing-8496216.png?v=1762951889"},{"product_id":"bc-racing-asp-suspension-bmw-2-3-4-series-g87-g80-g82-m2-m3-m4-2020-rwd","title":"BC Racing ASP Suspension - BMW 3\/4 Series G80 G82 M3 M4 (2020+) (RWD)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecially designed for vehicles equipped with electronic damping systems. Our ASP spring kits allow users to easily replace their stock springs with adjustable spring perches and lowering springs. The kits allow ride height to be custom set using the provided adjustable spring platform while retaining the use of the OEM adjustable electronic damping systems.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe spring lengths and rates are designed to work in harmony within the OEM dampers travel and damping range. This approach results in a package that enhances handling, provides superior driver feedback and maintains the original OEM ride quality. Furthermore, since these components directly replace the OEM items, there will be no malfunction or error messages displayed on the vehicle's dashboard.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCAMBER PLATES: \u003cstrong\u003eNO\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"col-6 justify-content-center d-flex flex-column flex-sm-row flex-md-column flex-lg-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"align-self-center pb-3 pr-sm-4 pr-md-0 pr-lg-4\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eFRONT\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"align-self-center align-self-sm-start align-self-md-center align-self-lg-start\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pib-Circle asp\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e-35MM\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"col-6 justify-content-center d-flex flex-column flex-sm-row flex-md-column flex-lg-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"align-self-center pb-3 pr-sm-4 pr-md-0 pr-lg-4\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eREAR\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"align-self-center align-self-sm-start align-self-md-center align-self-lg-start\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pib-Circle asp\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e-35MM\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"BC Racing","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52023904469329,"sku":"0070709","price":774.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/131bw005n1_b7cf3d2f-eef7-498b-8208-93b68b250c0b.jpg?v=1762889743"},{"product_id":"bc-racing-asp-suspension-bmw-2-3-4-series-g87-g80-g82-m2-m3-m4-2020-rwd-1","title":"BC Racing ASP Suspension - BMW 3\/4 Series G80 G82 M3 M4 (2020+) (RWD)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecially designed for vehicles equipped with electronic damping systems. Our ASP spring kits allow users to easily replace their stock springs with adjustable spring perches and lowering springs. The kits allow ride height to be custom set using the provided adjustable spring platform while retaining the use of the OEM adjustable electronic damping systems.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe spring lengths and rates are designed to work in harmony within the OEM dampers travel and damping range. This approach results in a package that enhances handling, provides superior driver feedback and maintains the original OEM ride quality. Furthermore, since these components directly replace the OEM items, there will be no malfunction or error messages displayed on the vehicle's dashboard.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCAMBER PLATES: \u003cstrong\u003eYES\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"col-6 justify-content-center d-flex flex-column flex-sm-row flex-md-column flex-lg-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"align-self-center pb-3 pr-sm-4 pr-md-0 pr-lg-4\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eFRONT\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"align-self-center align-self-sm-start align-self-md-center align-self-lg-start\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pib-Circle asp\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e-35MM\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"col-6 justify-content-center d-flex flex-column flex-sm-row flex-md-column flex-lg-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"align-self-center pb-3 pr-sm-4 pr-md-0 pr-lg-4\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eREAR\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"align-self-center align-self-sm-start align-self-md-center align-self-lg-start\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pib-Circle asp\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e-35MM\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"BC Racing","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52023910662481,"sku":"0070714","price":1062.72,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/BC-Racing-ASP-Suspension-BMW-3-4-Series-M3-M4-RWD-AWD-G80-G82-_2021_-BC-Racing-7994799.jpg?v=1762951253"},{"product_id":"bc-racing-br-series-bmw-3-series-g80-m3-2020-true-rear-coilover","title":"BC Racing BR Series - BMW 3\/4 Series G80 G82 M3 M4 (2020+) (True Rear Coilover)","description":"\u003cp class=\"font-weight-bold\"\u003e\u003cimg\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePLEASE NOTE THE IMAGE IS FOR ILLUSTRATION PURPOSES ONLY IF YOU REQUIRE SPECIFIC NEEDS SUCH AS TOP MOUNTS THEN PLEASE CONTACT US TO CONFIRM BEFORE ORDERING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"font-weight-bold\"\u003eThis is the kit we recommend for the best balance of performance and comfort, designed by the factory to have the best overall compromise of spring rate, ride height range, top mount design and damping rate to suit the majority of car owners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is more than capable of dealing with fast road and track work but also retains a high degree ride civility so the car can still be used for mundane duties and long journeys without the ride becoming tiring.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BC Racing","offers":[{"title":"BR RH - 6\/6.5kg.mm","offer_id":52023914758481,"sku":"0071175","price":1025.1,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/BC-Racing-BR-Series-MINI-CLUBMAN-FWD-R55-07-14-BC-Racing-8493926.jpg?v=1762951886"},{"product_id":"bc-racing-ds-series-bmw-3-series-g80-m3-2020-true-rear-coilover","title":"BC Racing DS Series - BMW 3\/4 Series G80 G82 M3 M4 (2020+) (True Rear Coilover)","description":"\u003cp class=\"font-weight-bold\"\u003e\u003cimg\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePLEASE NOTE THE IMAGE IS FOR ILLUSTRATION PURPOSES ONLY IF YOU REQUIRE SPECIFIC NEEDS SUCH AS TOP MOUNTS THEN PLEASE CONTACT US TO CONFIRM BEFORE ORDERING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"font-weight-bold\"\u003eThis is the kit we recommend for the best balance of performance and comfort, designed by the factory to have the best overall compromise of spring rate, ride height range, top mount design and damping rate to suit the majority of car owners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is more than capable of dealing with fast road and track work but also retains a high degree ride civility so the car can still be used for mundane duties and long journeys without the ride becoming tiring.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BC Racing","offers":[{"title":"DS DH - 6\/6.5kg.mm","offer_id":52023921246545,"sku":"0072613","price":1150.2,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/BC-Racing-DS-Series-MINI-CLUBMAN-F54-14_-_F54_-BC-Racing-8496216.png?v=1762951889"},{"product_id":"bc-racing-er-series-bmw-3-series-g80-m3-2020-true-rear-coilover","title":"BC Racing ER Series - BMW 3\/4 Series G80 G82 M3 M4 (2020+) (True Rear Coilover)","description":"\u003cp class=\"font-weight-bold\"\u003e\u003cimg\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePLEASE NOTE THE IMAGE IS FOR ILLUSTRATION PURPOSES ONLY IF YOU REQUIRE SPECIFIC NEEDS SUCH AS TOP MOUNTS THEN PLEASE CONTACT US TO CONFIRM BEFORE ORDERING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"font-weight-bold\"\u003eThis is the kit we recommend for the best balance of performance and comfort, designed by the factory to have the best overall compromise of spring rate, ride height range, top mount design and damping rate to suit the majority of car owners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is more than capable of dealing with fast road and track work but also retains a high degree ride civility so the car can still be used for mundane duties and long journeys without the ride becoming tiring.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BC Racing","offers":[{"title":"ER - 6\/6.5kg.mm","offer_id":52023928291665,"sku":"0071543","price":1709.1,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/BC-Racing-ER-Series-Volkswagen-Golf-MK7-Variant-FWD-_Strut-54.5mm_-_2013-2019_-BC-Racing-8145257.png?v=1762951667"},{"product_id":"bc-racing-zx-series-bmw-3-series-g80-m3-2020-true-rear-coilover","title":"BC Racing ZX Series - BMW 3\/4 Series G80 G82 M3 M4 (2020+) (True Rear Coilover)","description":"\u003cp class=\"font-weight-bold\"\u003e\u003cimg\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePLEASE NOTE THE IMAGE IS FOR ILLUSTRATION PURPOSES ONLY IF YOU REQUIRE SPECIFIC NEEDS SUCH AS TOP MOUNTS THEN PLEASE CONTACT US TO CONFIRM BEFORE ORDERING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"font-weight-bold\"\u003eThis is the kit we recommend for the best balance of performance and comfort, designed by the factory to have the best overall compromise of spring rate, ride height range, top mount design and damping rate to suit the majority of car owners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is more than capable of dealing with fast road and track work but also retains a high degree ride civility so the car can still be used for mundane duties and long journeys without the ride becoming tiring.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BC Racing","offers":[{"title":"ZX - 6\/6.5kg.mm","offer_id":52023939203409,"sku":"0071719","price":1812.6,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/BC-Racing-ZX-Series-Volkswagen-Scirocco-MK3-PQ35-_2008-2015_-BC-Racing-8157798.png?v=1762951740"},{"product_id":"bc-racing-br-series-bmw-3-series-g80-m3-2021-competition-awd","title":"BC Racing BR Series - BMW 3\/4 Series G80 G82 M3 M4 (2021+) (Competition AWD)","description":"\u003cp class=\"font-weight-bold\"\u003eThis is the kit we recommend for the best balance of performance and comfort, designed by the factory to have the best overall compromise of spring rate, ride height range, top mount design and damping rate to suit the majority of car owners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is more than capable of dealing with fast road and track work but also retains a high degree ride civility so the car can still be used for mundane duties and long journeys without the ride becoming tiring.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BC Racing","offers":[{"title":"BR RA - 6.5\/14kg.mm","offer_id":52023946314065,"sku":"0070514","price":989.1,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/BC-Racing-BR-Series-MINI-CLUBMAN-FWD-R55-07-14-BC-Racing-8493926.jpg?v=1762951886"},{"product_id":"bc-racing-ds-series-bmw-3-series-g80-m3-2021-competition-awd","title":"BC Racing DS Series - BMW 3\/4 Series G80 G82 M3 M4 (2021+) (Competition AWD)","description":"\u003cp class=\"font-weight-bold\"\u003e\u003cimg\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePLEASE NOTE THE IMAGE IS FOR ILLUSTRATION PURPOSES ONLY IF YOU REQUIRE SPECIFIC NEEDS SUCH AS TOP MOUNTS THEN PLEASE CONTACT US TO CONFIRM BEFORE ORDERING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"font-weight-bold\"\u003eThis is the kit we recommend for the best balance of performance and comfort, designed by the factory to have the best overall compromise of spring rate, ride height range, top mount design and damping rate to suit the majority of car owners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is more than capable of dealing with fast road and track work but also retains a high degree ride civility so the car can still be used for mundane duties and long journeys without the ride becoming tiring.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BC Racing","offers":[{"title":"DS DA - 6.5\/14kg.mm","offer_id":52023948804433,"sku":"0072577","price":1114.2,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"DS DS - 6.5\/14kg.mm","offer_id":52023948837201,"sku":"0072578","price":1114.2,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/BC-Racing-DS-Series-MINI-CLUBMAN-F54-14_-_F54_-BC-Racing-8496216.png?v=1762951889"},{"product_id":"bc-racing-rm-series-bmw-3-series-g80-m3-2021-competition-awd","title":"BC Racing RM Series - BMW 3\/4 Series G80 G82 M3 M4 (2021+) (Competition AWD)","description":"\u003cp class=\"font-weight-bold\"\u003e\u003cimg\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePLEASE NOTE THE IMAGE IS FOR ILLUSTRATION PURPOSES ONLY IF YOU REQUIRE SPECIFIC NEEDS SUCH AS TOP MOUNTS THEN PLEASE CONTACT US TO CONFIRM BEFORE ORDERING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"font-weight-bold\"\u003eThis is the kit we recommend for the best balance of performance and comfort, designed by the factory to have the best overall compromise of spring rate, ride height range, top mount design and damping rate to suit the majority of car owners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is more than capable of dealing with fast road and track work but also retains a high degree ride civility so the car can still be used for mundane duties and long journeys without the ride becoming tiring.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BC Racing","offers":[{"title":"RM MA - 6\/14kg.mm","offer_id":52023958503761,"sku":"0070516","price":1160.1,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/BC-Racing-RM-Series-MINI-CLUBMAN-F54-14_-_F54_-BC-Racing-8497137.png?v=1762951890"},{"product_id":"bc-racing-er-series-bmw-3-series-g80-m3-2021-competition-awd","title":"BC Racing ER Series - BMW 3\/4 Series G80 G82 M3 M4 (2021+) (Competition AWD)","description":"\u003cp class=\"font-weight-bold\"\u003e\u003cimg\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePLEASE NOTE THE IMAGE IS FOR ILLUSTRATION PURPOSES ONLY IF YOU REQUIRE SPECIFIC NEEDS SUCH AS TOP MOUNTS THEN PLEASE CONTACT US TO CONFIRM BEFORE ORDERING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"font-weight-bold\"\u003eThis is the kit we recommend for the best balance of performance and comfort, designed by the factory to have the best overall compromise of spring rate, ride height range, top mount design and damping rate to suit the majority of car owners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is more than capable of dealing with fast road and track work but also retains a high degree ride civility so the car can still be used for mundane duties and long journeys without the ride becoming tiring.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BC Racing","offers":[{"title":"ER - 6.5\/14kg.mm","offer_id":52023962009937,"sku":"0071534","price":1664.1,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/BC-Racing-ER-Series-Volkswagen-Golf-MK7-Variant-FWD-_Strut-54.5mm_-_2013-2019_-BC-Racing-8145257.png?v=1762951667"},{"product_id":"bc-racing-zx-series-bmw-3-series-g80-m3-2021-competition-awd","title":"BC Racing ZX Series - BMW 3\/4 Series G80 G82 M3 M4 (2021+) (Competition AWD)","description":"\u003cp class=\"font-weight-bold\"\u003e\u003cimg\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePLEASE NOTE THE IMAGE IS FOR ILLUSTRATION PURPOSES ONLY IF YOU REQUIRE SPECIFIC NEEDS SUCH AS TOP MOUNTS THEN PLEASE CONTACT US TO CONFIRM BEFORE ORDERING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"font-weight-bold\"\u003eThis is the kit we recommend for the best balance of performance and comfort, designed by the factory to have the best overall compromise of spring rate, ride height range, top mount design and damping rate to suit the majority of car owners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is more than capable of dealing with fast road and track work but also retains a high degree ride civility so the car can still be used for mundane duties and long journeys without the ride becoming tiring.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BC Racing","offers":[{"title":"ZX - 6.5\/14kg.mm","offer_id":52023971774801,"sku":"0071712","price":1767.6,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/BC-Racing-ZX-Series-Volkswagen-Scirocco-MK3-PQ35-_2008-2015_-BC-Racing-8157798.png?v=1762951740"},{"product_id":"bc-racing-asp-suspension-bmw-3-4-series-m3-m4-rwd-awd-g80-g82-2021","title":"BC Racing ASP Suspension - BMW 3\/4 Series M3 M4 RWD\/AWD G80 G82 (2021+)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecially designed for vehicles equipped with electronic damping systems. Our ASP spring kits allow users to easily replace their stock springs with adjustable spring perches and lowering springs. The kits allow ride height to be custom set using the provided adjustable spring platform while retaining the use of the OEM adjustable electronic damping systems.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe spring lengths and rates are designed to work in harmony within the OEM dampers travel and damping range. This approach results in a package that enhances handling, provides superior driver feedback and maintains the original OEM ride quality. Furthermore, since these components directly replace the OEM items, there will be no malfunction or error messages displayed on the vehicle's dashboard.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCAMBER PLATES: \u003cstrong\u003eNO\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"col-6 justify-content-center d-flex flex-column flex-sm-row flex-md-column flex-lg-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"align-self-center pb-3 pr-sm-4 pr-md-0 pr-lg-4\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eFRONT\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"align-self-center align-self-sm-start align-self-md-center align-self-lg-start\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pib-Circle asp\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e-35MM\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"col-6 justify-content-center d-flex flex-column flex-sm-row flex-md-column flex-lg-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"align-self-center pb-3 pr-sm-4 pr-md-0 pr-lg-4\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eREAR\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"align-self-center align-self-sm-start align-self-md-center align-self-lg-start\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pib-Circle asp\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e-35MM\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"BC Racing","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52023989502289,"sku":"0070709","price":774.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/BC-Racing-ASP-Suspension-BMW-3-4-Series-M3-M4-RWD-AWD-G80-G82-_2021_-BC-Racing-7993742.jpg?v=1762897739"},{"product_id":"bc-racing-asp-suspension-bmw-3-4-series-m3-m4-rwd-awd-g80-g82-2022","title":"BC Racing ASP Suspension - BMW 3\/4 Series M3 M4 RWD\/AWD G80 G82 (2021+)","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecially designed for vehicles equipped with electronic damping systems. Our ASP spring kits allow users to easily replace their stock springs with adjustable spring perches and lowering springs. The kits allow ride height to be custom set using the provided adjustable spring platform while retaining the use of the OEM adjustable electronic damping systems.\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe spring lengths and rates are designed to work in harmony within the OEM dampers travel and damping range. This approach results in a package that enhances handling, provides superior driver feedback and maintains the original OEM ride quality. Furthermore, since these components directly replace the OEM items, there will be no malfunction or error messages displayed on the vehicle's dashboard.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCAMBER PLATES: \u003cstrong\u003eYES\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"col-6 justify-content-center d-flex flex-column flex-sm-row flex-md-column flex-lg-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"align-self-center pb-3 pr-sm-4 pr-md-0 pr-lg-4\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eFRONT\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"align-self-center align-self-sm-start align-self-md-center align-self-lg-start\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pib-Circle asp\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e-35MM\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"col-6 justify-content-center d-flex flex-column flex-sm-row flex-md-column flex-lg-row\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"align-self-center pb-3 pr-sm-4 pr-md-0 pr-lg-4\"\u003e\n\u003ch4\u003eREAR\u003c\/h4\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"align-self-center align-self-sm-start align-self-md-center align-self-lg-start\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"pib-Circle asp\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e-35MM\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"BC Racing","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52024021549393,"sku":"0070714","price":1062.72,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/BC-Racing-ASP-Suspension-BMW-3-4-Series-M3-M4-RWD-AWD-G80-G82-_2021_-BC-Racing-7994799.jpg?v=1762951253"},{"product_id":"bc-racing-er-series-bmw-3-series-g80-m3-2021-competition-awd-true-rear-coilover","title":"BC Racing ER Series - BMW 3\/4 Series G80 G82 M3 M4 (2021+) (Competition AWD) (True Rear Coilover)","description":"\u003cp class=\"font-weight-bold\"\u003e\u003cimg\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePLEASE NOTE THE IMAGE IS FOR ILLUSTRATION PURPOSES ONLY IF YOU REQUIRE SPECIFIC NEEDS SUCH AS TOP MOUNTS THEN PLEASE CONTACT US TO CONFIRM BEFORE ORDERING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"font-weight-bold\"\u003eThis is the kit we recommend for the best balance of performance and comfort, designed by the factory to have the best overall compromise of spring rate, ride height range, top mount design and damping rate to suit the majority of car owners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is more than capable of dealing with fast road and track work but also retains a high degree ride civility so the car can still be used for mundane duties and long journeys without the ride becoming tiring.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BC Racing","offers":[{"title":"ER - 6.5\/6.5kg.mm","offer_id":52024082825553,"sku":"0071544","price":1709.1,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"ER - 8\/8kg.mm","offer_id":52024082858321,"sku":"0080713","price":1709.1,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/BC-Racing-ER-Series-Volkswagen-Golf-MK7-Variant-FWD-_Strut-54.5mm_-_2013-2019_-BC-Racing-8145257.png?v=1762951667"},{"product_id":"bc-racing-zx-series-bmw-3-series-g80-m3-2021-competition-awd-true-rear-coilover","title":"BC Racing ZX Series - BMW 3\/4 Series G80 G82 M3 M4 (2021+) (Competition AWD) (True Rear Coilover)","description":"\u003cp class=\"font-weight-bold\"\u003e\u003cimg\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePLEASE NOTE THE IMAGE IS FOR ILLUSTRATION PURPOSES ONLY IF YOU REQUIRE SPECIFIC NEEDS SUCH AS TOP MOUNTS THEN PLEASE CONTACT US TO CONFIRM BEFORE ORDERING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"font-weight-bold\"\u003eThis is the kit we recommend for the best balance of performance and comfort, designed by the factory to have the best overall compromise of spring rate, ride height range, top mount design and damping rate to suit the majority of car owners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is more than capable of dealing with fast road and track work but also retains a high degree ride civility so the car can still be used for mundane duties and long journeys without the ride becoming tiring.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BC Racing","offers":[{"title":"ZX - 8\/8kg.mm","offer_id":52024129257809,"sku":"0080723","price":1812.6,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"ZX - 6.5\/6.5kg.mm","offer_id":52024129290577,"sku":"0071720","price":1812.6,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/BC-Racing-ZX-Series-Volkswagen-Scirocco-MK3-PQ35-_2008-2015_-BC-Racing-8157798.png?v=1762951740"},{"product_id":"bc-racing-br-series-bmw-4-series-g82-m4-2021-rwd-true-rear-coilover","title":"BC Racing BR Series - BMW 4 Series G82 M4 (2021+) (RWD) (True Rear Coilover)","description":"\u003cp class=\"font-weight-bold\"\u003e\u003cimg\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePLEASE NOTE THE IMAGE IS FOR ILLUSTRATION PURPOSES ONLY IF YOU REQUIRE SPECIFIC NEEDS SUCH AS TOP MOUNTS THEN PLEASE CONTACT US TO CONFIRM BEFORE ORDERING\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"font-weight-bold\"\u003eThis is the kit we recommend for the best balance of performance and comfort, designed by the factory to have the best overall compromise of spring rate, ride height range, top mount design and damping rate to suit the majority of car owners.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIt is more than capable of dealing with fast road and track work but also retains a high degree ride civility so the car can still be used for mundane duties and long journeys without the ride becoming tiring.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"BC Racing","offers":[{"title":"BR RH - 6\/6.5kg.mm","offer_id":52024163270993,"sku":"0071175","price":1025.1,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/BC-Racing-BR-Series-MINI-CLUBMAN-FWD-R55-07-14-BC-Racing-8493926.jpg?v=1762951886"},{"product_id":"ast-moton-control-arm-bush-g8x-m2-m3-m4","title":"AST Moton Control Arm Bush (G8X M2\/M3\/M4)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"attr_value\"\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"attr_value\"\u003eThe MOTON Suspension Uniball kit serves as a superior alternative to replace the front thrust arm rubber bushings. The stock bushings found in many cars prioritise driving comfort, but can result in a disconnected sensation from the car’s actions. The standard bushings permit substantial movement, leading to wear, fatigue, cracks, and eventual failure.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"attr_value\"\u003eThis kit is meticulously crafted to enhance the vehicle’s handling and control by minimizing bushing deflection and movement. Furthermore, it grants complete authority over wheel alignment. Constructed from top-grade anodized aluminum, it’s suitable for both motorsport and regular street use.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"attr_value\"\u003eKey advantages of the MOTON suspension Control arm Uniball replacement kit include:\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"attr_value\"\u003e1. Enhanced Steering Precision: Experience improved steering behavior, resulting in more precise control.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"attr_value\"\u003e2. Sharper Turn-in Response: This kit delivers a more responsive turn-in, making the car feel agile and nimble.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"attr_value\"\u003e3. Increased Feedback: Gain better feedback from the vehicle, allowing you to connect more intimately with its actions.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"attr_value\"\u003e4. Superior Control and Handling: Achieve superior control and handling, enhancing your driving experience.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"attr_value\"\u003e5. Extended Bushing Lifespan: The Uniball kit boasts robust construction, ensuring a longer service life compared to standard bushings.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"attr_value\"\u003eLifetime usage: It offers a lifetime of usability thanks to its rebuildable design.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"attr_value\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis item is not on the shelf, but your order will be processed and delivered as quickly as possible.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv\u003ePriced per pair\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"AST Suspension","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52068120658257,"sku":"AST-76DB-G8X-A3-101S","price":396.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/AST-Moton-Control-Arm-Bush-_F8X-M2-M2C-M3-M4_-AST-Suspension-8159558.png?v=1762897786"},{"product_id":"ast-adjustable-lowering-spring-kit-g8x-m2-m3-m4","title":"AST Adjustable Lowering Spring Kit (G8X M2\/M3\/M4)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"attr_value\"\u003eWith this set of Height Adjustable Lowering Springs, you’re not limited to a fixed lowering range. Thanks to the AST height adjuster, you can fine-tune your ride height even after the kit has been installed, giving you ultimate flexibility.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"attr_value\"\u003eThe AST Adjustable Lowering springs offer a solution to reduce your vehicle’s centre of gravity, while preserving the comfort you’re accustomed to from the original equipment manufacturer (OEM) springs. These springs serve as a direct replacement for your OEM springs and have been developed especially for each vehicle.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"attr_value\"\u003eThe springs are crafted from premium materials using the best Wafios coiling machines. Their progressive design strikes the perfect balance between lowering your ride and enhancing performance. Made in the Netherlands, Europe.\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis item is not on the shelf, but your order will be processed and delivered as quickly as possible.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"AST Suspension","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52068189536593,"sku":"AST-ASTALS-21-004","price":936.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/AST-Adjustable-Lowering-Spring-Kit-_G8X-M2-M3-M4_-AST-Suspension-8161427.png?v=1762897792"},{"product_id":"ast-5300-series-coilovers-bmw-applications","title":"AST 5300 Series Coilovers - BMW Applications","description":"\u003cp\u003eAre you the most serious person on the race track? Get to a winning setup by using all options that our 3-way adjustable dampers have to give. All adjusters work completely independently. Once installed the shock absorbers are easy to setup, highly reliable and require low maintenance during the season because of the high grade of materials used. Tested on tracks like the Nürburgring, Zandvoort, Imola, Laguna Seca, Macau and many others around the world.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3-Way Adjustable, separate rebound and Low \u0026amp; Hi Speed compression adjustable with a remote reservoir. The positions give clear feedback with each adjustment, each offering a different driving experience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInverted strut design to cope with (heavy) side load and braking loads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn some cases the non inverted system is used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImproved handling and consistent performance due to Monotube technology\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRide Height adjustable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGas Pressurized\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluding AST top mounts \/ camberplates. High quality, noise free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluding springs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis item is not on the shelf at, but your order will be processed and delivered as quickly as possible.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"AST Suspension","offers":[{"title":"F20\/F21\/F22 1\/2 Series 2WD Pre LCI","offer_id":52068226302289,"sku":"RAC-B2101S\/3D","price":5412.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"F20\/F21\/F22 1\/2 Series 2WD LCI","offer_id":52068226335057,"sku":"RAC-B2101S\/5D","price":5412.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"E9X M3\/E82 1M Coupe","offer_id":52068226367825,"sku":"RAC-B1603SD","price":5460.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"F4X 1\/2 Series","offer_id":52068226400593,"sku":"RAC-B1407S","price":5568.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"E36 3 Series","offer_id":52068226433361,"sku":"RAC-B1002S","price":5316.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"E36 M3","offer_id":52068226466129,"sku":"RAC-B1005S","price":5316.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"E46 M3","offer_id":52068226498897,"sku":"RAC-B1103SD","price":5412.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"E46 3 Series","offer_id":52068226531665,"sku":"RAC-B1101SD","price":5412.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"F87 M2 Pre LCI","offer_id":52068226564433,"sku":"RAC-B3104SD","price":5400.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"F87 M2 LCI Incl Competition","offer_id":52068226597201,"sku":"RAC-B2104SD","price":5400.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"F8X M3\/M4 3-Bolt","offer_id":52068226629969,"sku":"RAC-B2102SD","price":5400.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"F8X M3\/M4 5-Bolt","offer_id":52068226662737,"sku":"RAC-B2106SD","price":5400.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"G8X M2\/M3\/M4 RWD","offer_id":52068226695505,"sku":"RAC-B2112SD","price":6156.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"G2X 3 Series","offer_id":52068226728273,"sku":"RAC-B2022SD","price":5508.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"G8X M3\/M4 XDrive","offer_id":52068226761041,"sku":"RAC-B2115SD","price":6156.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/AST-5300-Series-Coilovers-BMW-Applications-AST-Suspension-8162916.jpg?v=1762897793"},{"product_id":"ast-5200-series-coilovers-bmw-applications","title":"AST 5200 Series Coilovers - BMW Applications","description":"\u003cp\u003eYou are that person who takes the performance of your car more serious. AST’s 5200 series are perfectly suitable for everyday use, but mostly designed for track use. Challenge your vehicle by adjusting the compression and rebound separately. Allowing you to experience sports car driving at its finest.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2-Way Adjustable, separate rebound and compression adjustable with a remote reservoir. The positions give clear feedback with each adjustment, each offering a different driving experience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInverted strut design to cope with (heavy) side load and braking loads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn some cases the non inverted system is used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImproved handling and consistent performance due to Monotube technology\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRide Height adjustable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGas Pressurized\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluding AST topmounts\/camber plates. High quality, noise free\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluding springs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis item is not on the shelf at, but your order will be processed and delivered as quickly as possible.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"AST Suspension","offers":[{"title":"F20\/F21\/F22 1\/2 Series 2WD Pre LCI","offer_id":52068249338193,"sku":"RIV-B2101S\/3D","price":5100.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"F20\/F21\/F22 1\/2 Series 2WD LCI","offer_id":52068249370961,"sku":"RIV-B2101S\/5D","price":5100.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"E9X M3\/E82 1M Coupe","offer_id":52068249403729,"sku":"RIV-B1603SD","price":5160.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"F4X 1\/2 Series","offer_id":52068249436497,"sku":"RIV-B1407S","price":5256.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"E36 3 Series","offer_id":52068249469265,"sku":"RIV-B1002S","price":5004.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"E36 M3","offer_id":52068249502033,"sku":"RIV-B1005S","price":5004.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"E46 M3","offer_id":52068249534801,"sku":"RIV-B1103SD","price":5100.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"E46 3 Series","offer_id":52068249567569,"sku":"RIV-B1101SD","price":5100.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"F87 M2 Pre LCI","offer_id":52068249600337,"sku":"RIV-B3104SD","price":5100.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"F87 M2 LCI Incl Competition","offer_id":52068249633105,"sku":"RIV-B2104SD","price":5100.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"F8X M3\/M4 3-Bolt","offer_id":52068249665873,"sku":"RIV-B2102SD","price":5100.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"F8X M3\/M4 5-Bolt","offer_id":52068249698641,"sku":"RIV-B2106SD","price":5100.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"G8X M2\/M3\/M4 RWD","offer_id":52068249731409,"sku":"RIV-B2112SD","price":5844.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"G2X 3 Series","offer_id":52068249764177,"sku":"RIV-B2022SD","price":5196.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"G8X M3\/M4 XDrive","offer_id":52068249796945,"sku":"RIV-B2115SD","price":5844.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"E36 Compact","offer_id":52068249829713,"sku":"RIV-B1201S","price":5004.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/AST-5200-Series-Coilovers-BMW-Applications-AST-Suspension-8163584.jpg?v=1762897795"},{"product_id":"ast-5100-competition-series-coilovers-bmw-applications","title":"AST 5100 Competition Series Coilovers - BMW Applications","description":"\u003cp\u003eUsing your vehicle on the track or do you want to get the best road balance for everyday use? Or is it a combination of both you are looking for? Than 5100 series is a perfect option for you. Approach to various settings for driving experience and driving comfort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1-Way Adjustable, the 12 positions give clear feedback with each adjustment, each offering a different driving experience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInverted strut design to cope with (heavy) side load and braking loads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn some cases the non inverted system is used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImproved handling and consistent performance due to Monotube technology\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRide Height adjustable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGas Pressurized (i: gas and oil are divided by a floating piston)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes front and rear topmounts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluding springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis item is not on the shelf at, but your order will be processed and delivered as quickly as possible.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"AST Suspension","offers":[{"title":"F20\/F21\/F22 1\/2 Series 2WD Pre LCI","offer_id":52068293378385,"sku":"ACC-B2105S\/3D","price":3516.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"F20\/F21\/F22 1\/2 Series 2WD LCI","offer_id":52068293411153,"sku":"ACC-B2105S\/5D","price":3516.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"E9X M3\/E82 1M Coupe","offer_id":52068293443921,"sku":"ACC-B1605SD","price":3564.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"F4X 1\/2 Series","offer_id":52068293476689,"sku":"ACC-B1407S","price":3672.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"E36 3 Series Incl M3","offer_id":52068293509457,"sku":"ACC-B1105S","price":3408.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"E46 M3","offer_id":52068293542225,"sku":"ACC-B1107SD","price":3516.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"E46 3 Series","offer_id":52068293574993,"sku":"ACC-B1106SD","price":3516.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"F87 M2 Pre LCI","offer_id":52068293607761,"sku":"ACC-B3109SD","price":3504.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"F87 M2 LCI Incl Competition","offer_id":52068293640529,"sku":"ACC-B2109SD","price":3504.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"F8X M3\/M4 3-Bolt","offer_id":52068293673297,"sku":"ACC-B2103S\/3D","price":3504.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"F8X M3\/M4 5-Bolt","offer_id":52068293706065,"sku":"ACC-B2103S\/5D","price":3504.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"G8X M2\/M3\/M4 RWD","offer_id":52068293738833,"sku":"ACC-B2112SD","price":3612.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"G2X 3 Series","offer_id":52068293771601,"sku":"ACC-B2022SD","price":3612.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"G8X M3\/M4 XDrive","offer_id":52068293804369,"sku":"ACC-B2115SD","price":3612.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"E36 Compact","offer_id":52068293837137,"sku":"ACC-B1202S","price":3408.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/AST-5100-Street-Series-Coilovers-BMW-Applications-AST-Suspension-8165057.jpg?v=1762897800"},{"product_id":"ast-5100-street-series-coilovers-bmw-applications","title":"AST 5100 Street Series Coilovers - BMW Applications","description":"\u003cp\u003eUsing your vehicle on the track or do you want to get the best road balance for everyday use? Or is it a combination of both you are looking for? Than 5100 series is a perfect option for you. Approach to various settings for driving experience and driving comfort.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1-Way Adjustable, the 12 positions give clear feedback with each adjustment, each offering a different driving experience\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInverted strut design to cope with (heavy) side load and braking loads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn some cases the non inverted system is used\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImproved handling and consistent performance due to Monotube technology\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRide Height adjustable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGas Pressurized (i: gas and oil are divided by a floating piston)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes front and rear topmounts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncluding springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis item is not on the shelf at, but your order will be processed and delivered as quickly as possible.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"AST Suspension","offers":[{"title":"F20\/F21\/F22 1\/2 Series 2WD","offer_id":52068310352209,"sku":"ACU-B2101SD","price":2748.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"E9X M3\/E82 1M Coupe","offer_id":52068310384977,"sku":"ACU-B1603SD","price":3048.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"F4X 1\/2 Series","offer_id":52068310417745,"sku":"ACU-B1406S","price":2544.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"E36 3 Series","offer_id":52068310450513,"sku":"ACU-B1002S","price":2544.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"E36 M3","offer_id":52068310483281,"sku":"ACU-B1005S","price":2544.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"E46 M3","offer_id":52068310516049,"sku":"ACU-B1103SD","price":2640.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"E46 3 Series","offer_id":52068310548817,"sku":"ACU-B1101SD","price":2640.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"F87 M2 Incl Competition","offer_id":52068310581585,"sku":"ACU-B2104SD","price":2640.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"F8X M3\/M4","offer_id":52068310614353,"sku":"ACU-B2102SD","price":2640.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"G8X M2\/M3\/M4 RWD","offer_id":52068310647121,"sku":"ACU-B2110SD","price":2808.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"G2X 3 Series","offer_id":52068310679889,"sku":"ACU-B2021SD","price":2604.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"G8X M3\/M4 XDrive","offer_id":52068310712657,"sku":"ACU-B2114SD","price":2808.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"E36 Compact","offer_id":52068310745425,"sku":"ACU-B1201S","price":2604.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/AST-5100-Street-Series-Coilovers-BMW-Applications-AST-Suspension-8165057.jpg?v=1762897800"},{"product_id":"millway-motorsport-uniball-camber-plates-g8x-m3-m4","title":"Millway Motorsport Uniball Camber Plates (G8X M3\/M4)","description":"\u003ch2 id=\"tinymce_scroll_sign\"\u003eEnhance Your Ride with Millway Motorsport Uniball Camber Plates\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMillway Motorsport UNIBALL adjustable front topmounts for G80 M3 and G82\/G83 M4. These topmounts feature adjustable camber for maximum grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese topmounts fit all spring types and allow for up to 20mm of camber adjustment. This Uniball version uses high quality stainless steel bearings for zero deflection and maximum performance – for the dampened street version, \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.hackengineering.co.uk\/product\/millway-motorsport-street-camber-plates-g8x-m3-m4\/\"\u003esee here\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAluminum and Stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemains stock height on dampers and springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable 0-20mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSliding guidepin for easy reading of camber settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAngled design to compensate for added camber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttachment for OEM bumpstop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be mounted with OEM and aftermarket suspension\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses OEM bolts and hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModular design for easy change of bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo special tools needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEDC compatible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePriced per pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor fitting instructions, Millway Adjustable Camber Plate, Millway Adjustable Arm, Millway Solid Aluminium Bushing and other Millway parts manuals, please see \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.millway.se\/information.html\"\u003ehere.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003ePrecision Engineering for Optimal Performance\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe Millway Motorsport Uniball Camber Plates are designed specifically for the G8X M3 and M4 models, which means they provide a perfect fit without any modifications. These plates enhance your vehicle's suspension geometry, resulting in better grip and improved handling. With the use of high-quality materials, durability is assured, so you can drive confidently on the track or the street.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eAdjustability for Custom Suspension Setup\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOne of the key features of Millway Motorsport Camber Plates is their adjustability. Unlike standard camber plates, these allow fine-tuning of camber settings. This is crucial for track enthusiasts, as it enables you to optimize tire contact with the road, improving cornering performance. Therefore, you can customize your setup to meet your driving style or track conditions, accommodating a range of preferences.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eEnhanced Aesthetics and Functions\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIn addition to performance benefits, the Millway Motorsport Uniball Camber Plates add a sleek and professional look to your G8X M3 or M4. Available in an eye-catching finish, they complement your car's overall aesthetic while delivering superior functionality. This combination of style and performance makes these camber plates a must-have for any serious automotive enthusiast, enhancing both the appearance and driving experience of your vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Millway Motorsport","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52108719522129,"sku":"MW90530-U","price":595.75,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/Millway-Motorsport-Street-Camber-Plates-_G8X-M2-M3-M4_-Millway-Motorsport-8283913.jpg?v=1762898106"},{"product_id":"millway-motorsport-street-camber-plates-g8x-m2-m3-m4","title":"Millway Motorsport Street Camber Plates (G8X M2\/M3\/M4)","description":"\u003cp\u003eMillway Motorsport STREET adjustable front topmounts for G80 M3 and G82\/G83 M4. These topmounts feature adjustable camber for maximum grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThese topmounts fit all spring types and allow for up to 20mm of camber adjustment. Street version with polyurethane bushings instead of original uniball version. Dampens noise from tyres etc for OE-like ride quality.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAluminum and Stainless steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemains stock height on dampers and springs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable 0-20mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSliding guidepin for easy reading of camber settings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAngled design to compensate for added camber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttachment for OEM bumpstop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be mounted with OEM and aftermarket suspension\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses OEM bolts and hardware\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModular design for easy change of bearings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo special tools needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEDC compatible\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePriced per pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor fitting instructions, Millway Adjustable Camber Plate, Millway Adjustable Arm, Millway Solid Aluminium Bushing and other Millway parts manuals, please see \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.millway.se\/information.html\"\u003ehere.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Millway Motorsport","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52108721619281,"sku":"MW90530-S","price":591.4,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/Millway-Motorsport-Street-Camber-Plates-_G8X-M2-M3-M4_-Millway-Motorsport-8283913.jpg?v=1762898106"},{"product_id":"millway-motorsport-upper-top-mounts-rear-fxx-gxx-1-2-3-4-series-inc-m","title":"Millway Motorsport Upper Top Mounts Rear (FXX\/GXX 1\/2\/3\/4 Series inc M, Toyota Supra)","description":"\u003cp\u003eUpper top mounts with uniball for the rear dampers. They are compatible with various dampers including OEM.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIncludes:\u003cbr\u003e2x upper top mount with uniball\u003cbr\u003e2x Damper rod adapters 10mm\u003cbr\u003e2x Damper rod adapters 10.6mm\u003cbr\u003e2x Damper rod adapters 14mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDampers pictured are not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor fitting instructions, Millway Adjustable Camber Plate, Millway Adjustable Arm, Millway Solid Aluminium Bushing and other Millway parts manuals, please see \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.millway.se\/information.html\"\u003ehere.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Millway Motorsport","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52109582565713,"sku":"MW90499","price":388.69,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/Millway-Motorsport-Upper-Top-Mounts-Rear-_FXX-GXX-1-2-3-4-Series-inc-M_-Millway-Motorsport-8292178.jpg?v=1762898133"},{"product_id":"millway-motorsport-front-control-arm-bushings-g8x-m3-m4","title":"Millway Motorsport Front Control Arm Bushings (G8X M3\/M4)","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"woocommerce-product-rating\"\u003e\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"description woocommerce-product-details__short-description\"\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMillway Motorsport sealed uniball front control arm bushings for G80 M3 and G82\/G83 M4.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMilled from solid aluminium and fitted with a high quality sealed uniball, with stainless steel spacers and hardware. Simple install for hugely reduced front suspension deflection, perfect for fast road, track and race cars.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePriced per pair.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor fitting instructions, Millway Adjustable Camber Plate, Millway Adjustable Arm, Millway Solid Aluminium Bushing and other Millway parts manuals, please see \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.millway.se\/information.html\"\u003ehere.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Millway Motorsport","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52109590593873,"sku":"MW90528","price":340.1,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/Millway-Motorsport-Front-Control-Arm-Bushings-_G8X-M3-M4_-Millway-Motorsport-8295361.jpg?v=1762898143"},{"product_id":"millway-motorsport-rear-trailing-arm-uniball-inner-bushing-f8x-g8x-m2-m3-m4","title":"Millway Motorsport Rear Trailing Arm Uniball Inner Bushing (F8X\/G8X M2\/M3\/M4)","description":"\u003cp\u003eMillway Motorsport Rear Trailing Arm Uniball Inner Bushing for F8X M2\/M3\/M4.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUpgrade your control arms with uniball bushings for M2, M3, and M4 F and G-series. Swap out the rubber bushings in the OEM control arms for improved performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePriced per pair – one pair required per vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor fitting instructions, Millway Adjustable Camber Plate, Millway Adjustable Arm, Millway Solid Aluminium Bushing and other Millway parts manuals, please see \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.millway.se\/information.html\"\u003ehere.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Millway Motorsport","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52109728121169,"sku":"MW90509","price":267.23,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/Millway-Motorsport-Rear-Trailing-Arm-Uniball-Inner-Bushing-_F8X-G8X-M2-M3-M4_-Millway-Motorsport-8303380.webp?v=1762898197"},{"product_id":"millway-motorsport-upper-rear-shock-mount-for-rod-end-dampers-f-and-g-series","title":"Millway Motorsport Upper Rear Shock Mount for Rod End Dampers (F and G Series)","description":"\u003ch2 id=\"tinymce_scroll_sign\"\u003eMillway Motorsport Upper Rear Shock Mount: A Game Changer for Performance\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUpper Rear Shock Mount for rod end dampers BMW F and G Series\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e36mm width.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePriced per pair – one pair required per vehicle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFor fitting instructions, Millway Adjustable Camber Plate, Millway Adjustable Arm, Millway Solid Aluminium Bushing and other Millway parts manuals, please see \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/www.millway.se\/information.html\"\u003ehere.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eWhy Choose Millway Motorsport?\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMillway Motorsport is a brand renowned for its high-quality automotive performance parts. The Upper Rear Shock Mount is specifically designed for rod end dampers in F and G Series cars. This product not only enhances the durability of your suspension system but also provides improved handling. Therefore, if you are looking to upgrade your vehicle's suspension, investing in Millway Motorsport's Upper Rear Shock Mount will lead to a noticeable performance boost.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eExceptional Design and Features\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis shock mount showcases exceptional design and engineering. Its robust construction ensures a precise fit, promoting better alignment and reducing wear over time. Moreover, the use of top-grade materials enhances resilience, making it ideal for motorsport applications. As a result, you can count on this mount to withstand the demands of high-speed driving.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eInstallation Made Easy\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eInstallation of the Millway Motorsport Upper Rear Shock Mount is straightforward, making it suitable for both enthusiasts and professionals. With clear instructions included, you can quickly replace the stock mount with minimal hassle. Because of this ease of installation, you can spend more time on the road and less time in the garage. Overall, this product is designed with user convenience in mind, enabling you to enhance your vehicle's suspension effortlessly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Millway Motorsport","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52109729333585,"sku":"MW90488","price":229.04,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/Millway-Motorsport-Upper-Rear-Shock-Mount-for-Rod-End-Dampers-_F-and-G-Series_-Millway-Motorsport-8304733.webp?v=1762898201"},{"product_id":"kw-coilover-suspension-v4-incl-deactivation-for-electronic-dampers","title":"KW Coilover suspension V4 (incl. deactivation for electronic dampers) - BMW 2\/3\/4 Series G8X M2\/M3\/M4","description":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKW V4 Coilovers with Electronic Damper Deactivation – BMW G87 M2, G80 M3 \u0026amp; G82\/G83 M4\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe KW V4 Coilovers for the BMW G87 M2, G80 M3 and G82\/G83 M4 are an advanced 3-way adjustable suspension system developed for high-performance road cars where extensive chassis tuning and premium construction are priorities.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFeaturing independently adjustable rebound, low-speed compression and high-speed compression damping, the KW V4 provides considerably greater setup flexibility than the V3. This version also includes the required electronic damper deactivation solution, allowing the factory Adaptive M Suspension dampers to be replaced while preventing damper-control related warning messages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor highly developed M2, M3 and M4 builds running performance tyres, increased power or more aggressive chassis setups, the V4 provides a sophisticated suspension platform capable of being tailored around the vehicle, road conditions and driver preference.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhy choose KW V4 for your BMW M2, M3 or M4?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe current-generation BMW M cars combine substantial power, wide tyres and considerable chassis capability, placing significant demands on the suspension when driven hard.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe KW V4 goes beyond conventional 1-way and 2-way coilover systems by separating compression damping into low-speed and high-speed adjustment while retaining independent rebound control.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis provides experienced drivers and suspension specialists with much greater freedom to control body movement, weight transfer and the way the suspension reacts to bumps and sharper road inputs.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor owners who want extensive manual setup capability while retaining a suspension system designed for high-performance road use, the V4 sits among the most advanced options in KW's road-focused range.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKey Features\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKW V4 coilover suspension\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eApplications available for BMW G87 M2\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eApplications available for BMW G80 M3 and M3 Competition\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eApplications available for BMW G82\/G83 M4 and M4 Competition\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eElectronic damper deactivation included on applicable kits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdjustable ride height\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e3-way adjustable damping\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e16-click rebound damping adjustment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e6-click low-speed compression adjustment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e14-click high-speed compression adjustment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIndependent damping adjustment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKW INOX-LINE stainless-steel or application-specific lightweight construction\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eVehicle-specific spring and damper configuration\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdvanced road and fast-road suspension technology\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSuitable for occasional circuit use\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMotorsport-derived damper technology\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKW specifies 16 rebound clicks, 6 low-speed compression clicks and 14 high-speed compression clicks for the Variant 4 system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003e3-Way Adjustable Damping\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe defining feature of the KW V4 is its 3-way damping adjustment.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRather than providing a single combined damper control or conventional compression and rebound adjustment, the V4 separates compression damping into low-speed and high-speed ranges.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe driver can therefore independently adjust:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRebound damping\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLow-speed compression damping\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigh-speed compression damping\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis gives the V4 a much larger tuning window and allows changes to be made to specific areas of the vehicle's behaviour rather than making broad changes to overall damper stiffness.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003e16-Click Rebound Adjustment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRebound damping controls how quickly the suspension extends after being compressed.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe KW V4 provides 16 precise rebound adjustment positions.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncreasing rebound can provide greater body control and help the chassis feel more settled during braking, cornering and directional changes.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReducing rebound can allow the suspension to extend more freely and provide greater compliance where road surfaces are uneven.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe ideal setting depends on factors including tyre choice, spring setup, road conditions and driver preference.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003e6-Click Low-Speed Compression Adjustment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe KW V4 provides six positions of low-speed compression adjustment.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLow-speed compression relates to slower damper movements generated primarily by chassis movements rather than vehicle speed itself.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThese include:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBody roll during cornering\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBrake dive\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePitch under acceleration\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWeight transfer\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eChassis response during directional changes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdjusting this circuit allows the driver to alter how controlled the body feels without necessarily making the suspension excessively restrictive over sharper bumps.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003e14-Click High-Speed Compression Adjustment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigh-speed compression relates to faster damper movements created by sharper suspension inputs.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExamples include:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePotholes and road imperfections\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExpansion joints\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSharp surface changes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKerbs during circuit use\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSudden wheel impacts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe KW V4 provides 14 positions of high-speed compression adjustment.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis allows the suspension's response to sharper impacts to be tuned independently from the slower chassis movements controlled by the low-speed compression circuit.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis separation is one of the biggest advantages of a properly developed 3-way damper.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eElectronic Damper Deactivation Included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe G87 M2, G80 M3 and G82\/G83 M4 are available with electronically controlled Adaptive M Suspension.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhen the factory electronically adjustable dampers are replaced with manually adjustable KW V4 dampers, the original electronic damping system can no longer control suspension stiffness.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe included KW electronic damper deactivation solution disables the original damper-control function and prevents the vehicle from generating errors because the factory electronic dampers are no longer connected.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKW states that its cancellation system deactivates the original damper control while other vehicle control functions remain operational.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOnce converted, damping adjustment is carried out manually through the V4 adjusters rather than through the vehicle's factory suspension modes.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdjustable Ride Height\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe KW V4 provides adjustable front and rear ride height within the approved range for the specific application.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCurrent G80 M3 and G82 M4 application information lists approximately:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFront lowering: 20–35mm\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRear lowering: 15–30mm\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe G87\/G8X application family uses threaded adjustment at the front and an adjustable rear spring arrangement.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRide height should be selected around suspension travel, tyre clearance and geometry rather than appearance alone.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExcessive lowering can reduce available bump travel and negatively affect suspension geometry, so the lowest possible setting is not necessarily the best-performing setup.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKW INOX-LINE Construction\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe KW V4 uses high-quality stainless-steel or application-specific lightweight damper construction depending on the exact vehicle version.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKW's stainless-steel INOX-LINE technology provides excellent corrosion resistance and helps keep threaded adjustment areas serviceable when correctly maintained.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis is particularly valuable for performance cars that continue to be used throughout the year in UK road conditions.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G87 M2 Suspension Upgrade\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe G87 M2 combines the S58 engine with a compact rear-wheel-drive chassis and substantial performance potential.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe KW V4 is particularly well suited to developed G87 builds where tyre grip, braking capability or engine output have been increased beyond standard.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIts 3-way damping adjustment allows the suspension to be configured around changes elsewhere in the chassis rather than relying on a single general-purpose setup.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G80 M3 Suspension Upgrade\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe G80 M3 is an extremely capable platform in both standard and Competition form.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhether used as a high-performance road car or a more focused weekend build, the V4 provides additional control over chassis movement and suspension response.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor cars running more aggressive geometry, lightweight wheels or higher-grip tyres, the additional damping adjustment can provide valuable setup flexibility.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G82\/G83 M4 Suspension Upgrade\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe G82 M4 Coupe and G83 M4 Convertible share much of their chassis architecture with the G80 M3 but have different body configurations and vehicle characteristics.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA sophisticated coilover system such as the V4 allows the suspension to be tailored around the exact vehicle, tyre setup and intended use.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExact application should always be confirmed before ordering, particularly between rear-wheel-drive and xDrive models.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRWD \u0026amp; xDrive Applications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDifferent KW V4 part numbers are used depending on drivetrain and vehicle specification.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCurrent fitment listings show V4 applications across rear-wheel-drive and xDrive G80\/G82 models, while the G87 M2 uses its own appropriate application.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBecause axle loads and suspension configurations can differ between variants, the correct kit should always be selected using the exact vehicle details.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKW V3 vs KW V4\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe KW V3 provides independently adjustable compression and rebound damping and is already an extremely capable suspension system for road and fast-road use.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe V4 adds another level of control by separating compression damping into low-speed and high-speed adjustment.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis allows the driver to alter body control independently from the suspension's behaviour over sharper bumps and road inputs.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor most road-focused builds, the V3 provides an excellent balance of performance and simplicity.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor experienced drivers wanting much greater control over suspension behaviour, the V4 provides a substantially larger tuning window.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKW V4 vs KW Clubsport\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAlthough the V4 uses advanced motorsport-derived damping technology, it remains part of KW's high-performance road-focused Variant range.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKW Clubsport systems are developed with a stronger emphasis on circuit use, high-grip tyres and more aggressive suspension geometry.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor a car that sees significant road mileage but where advanced setup control is desired, the V4 is an excellent option.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor regular circuit use and more track-focused geometry requirements, a Clubsport system may be more appropriate.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRoad, Fast-Road \u0026amp; Occasional Track Use\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe KW V4 is particularly well suited to:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G87 M2 performance builds\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G80 M3 and M3 Competition\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G82\/G83 M4 and M4 Competition\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHighly developed fast-road cars\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eVehicles running performance or semi-slick tyres\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigher-powered builds\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOwners wanting advanced suspension adjustment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCars seeing occasional track-day use\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDrivers working with suspension specialists\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBecause of the number of available adjustments, correct setup becomes increasingly important.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProfessional Installation, Alignment \u0026amp; Setup\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProfessional installation is strongly recommended for the KW V4.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe electronic damper deactivation components must be installed correctly alongside the mechanical suspension components.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOnce fitted, a comprehensive four-wheel alignment should be carried out so that toe, camber and other geometry settings can be configured around the selected ride height.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor more performance-focused vehicles, corner weighting may also be worthwhile.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDamping adjustments should be changed methodically and ideally recorded so that the effect of each change can be properly evaluated.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMaintenance\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAlthough KW's corrosion-resistant construction provides excellent durability, regular maintenance is still recommended.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThreaded height-adjustment areas, spring platforms and damping controls should be kept clean, particularly on vehicles exposed to winter road salt, moisture and track debris.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eElectronic cancellation modules and associated wiring should also be periodically inspected to ensure connections remain secure.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G87 M2, G80 M3 \u0026amp; G82\/G83 M4 Compatibility\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKW V4 applications are available for applicable models within the current BMW M2, M3 and M4 range, including:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G87 M2\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G80 M3\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G80 M3 Competition\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G80 M3 Competition xDrive where applicable\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G82 M4\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G82 M4 Competition\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G82 M4 Competition xDrive where applicable\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G83 M4 Convertible applications where specified\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExact part number, drivetrain compatibility, axle loads and kit configuration vary between models.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePlease confirm your exact vehicle specification before ordering.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIf you're unsure which KW V4 application your M2, M3 or M4 requires, contact us and we'll help identify the correct kit.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat's Included?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe KW V4 is supplied as a complete vehicle-specific suspension system for the applicable BMW model, including:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKW V4 dampers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eVehicle-specific springs\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHeight-adjustment components\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e16-click rebound damping adjustment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e6-click low-speed compression adjustment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e14-click high-speed compression adjustment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eElectronic damper deactivation components\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRelevant vehicle-specific installation components\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExact contents, damper construction and top-mount configuration can vary according to application.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExplore More BMW M Parts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLooking to improve your BMW M car further? Explore our range of suspension, handling, braking and performance upgrades.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/g87-2023\"\u003eBMW G87 M2 Parts\u003c\/a\u003e – Shop performance, suspension and chassis upgrades specifically for the BMW G87 M2.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/g8x-m3\"\u003eBMW G80 M3 Parts\u003c\/a\u003e – Explore suspension, handling and performance upgrades for the BMW G80 M3 and M3 Competition.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/g82-m4-2021\"\u003eBMW G82\/G83 M4 Parts\u003c\/a\u003e – Shop performance and chassis upgrades for the BMW G82 Coupe and G83 Convertible M4.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/kw-suspension\"\u003eKW Suspension\u003c\/a\u003e – Browse the complete range of KW suspension products.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/coilovers\"\u003eCoilovers\u003c\/a\u003e – Explore coilover suspension from KW and other leading manufacturers.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"KW Suspension","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52118381396305,"sku":"3A7200EB","price":5286.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/KW-Coilover-suspension-V4-_incl.-deactivation-for-electronic-dampers_-BMW-2-3-4-Series-G8X-M2-M3-M4-KW-Suspension-8325999.jpg?v=1762898306"},{"product_id":"kw-coilover-suspension-v4-clubsport-incl-top-mounts-incl-deactivation-for-electronic-dampers-bmw-m2-g87","title":"KW Coilover suspension V4 Clubsport incl. top mounts (incl. deactivation for electronic dampers) - BMW 2\/3\/4 Series G8X M2\/M3\/M4","description":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKW V4 Clubsport Coilovers with Top Mounts \u0026amp; Electronic Damper Deactivation – BMW G87 M2, G80 M3 \u0026amp; G82 M4\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe KW V4 Clubsport Coilovers for the BMW G87 M2, G80 M3 and G82 M4 are a highly advanced track-focused suspension system developed for drivers who want extensive damping control, increased geometry adjustment and motorsport-derived performance while retaining road legality where applicable.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFeaturing independently adjustable rebound, low-speed compression and high-speed compression damping, the V4 Clubsport allows the chassis to be tuned in far greater detail than a conventional coilover system. Adjustable front top mounts provide additional camber adjustment, while the included electronic damper deactivation system allows the factory Adaptive M Suspension dampers to be removed without leaving the vehicle with damper-control related faults.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor G-series M cars running high-grip tyres, aggressive geometry or regular track days, the KW V4 Clubsport provides one of the most capable suspension platforms in the KW Track Performance range.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhy choose KW V4 Clubsport?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe G87 M2, G80 M3 and G82 M4 offer exceptional performance from the factory, but their weight, power and tyre capability place substantial demands on the suspension during sustained performance driving.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe V4 Clubsport is developed specifically with high-performance road and circuit use in mind.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIts 3-way damping architecture allows individual adjustment of:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRebound damping\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLow-speed compression damping\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigh-speed compression damping\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis gives experienced drivers and suspension specialists significantly more control over how the chassis behaves under braking, acceleration, cornering and over bumps or kerbs.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe included adjustable top mounts also provide additional geometry flexibility, making the suspension particularly suitable for vehicles running more aggressive track-focused alignment settings.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKey Features\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKW V4 Clubsport coilover suspension\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eApplications for BMW G87 M2\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eApplications for BMW G80 M3 and M3 Competition\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eApplications for BMW G82 M4 and M4 Competition\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdjustable front top mounts included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eElectronic damper deactivation included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdjustable ride height\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e3-way damping adjustment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIndependent rebound adjustment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIndependent low-speed compression adjustment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIndependent high-speed compression adjustment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExternal reservoir damper technology\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMotorsport-derived suspension development\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLinear performance springs\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for high-grip tyre setups\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSuitable for fast-road and serious track use\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eVehicle-specific base setup\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKW lists rear-wheel-drive V4 Clubsport application 397202EB across applicable G87 M2, G80 M3 and G82 M4 models, while xDrive versions use a separate application.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003e3-Way Adjustable Damping\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe KW V4 Clubsport uses a 3-way adjustable damper system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRather than relying on one combined adjustment, compression damping is separated into low-speed and high-speed circuits while rebound is independently adjustable.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis allows specific areas of chassis behaviour to be changed without unnecessarily affecting others.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor a developed M2, M3 or M4 track build, this is particularly valuable when tuning around tyre compound, vehicle weight, aero, alignment and circuit characteristics.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLow-Speed Compression Adjustment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLow-speed compression relates primarily to slower damper movements generated by vehicle body movement rather than the actual road speed of the car.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis includes:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBody roll during cornering\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBrake dive\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePitch under acceleration\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWeight transfer\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eChassis movement during direction changes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKW's V4 Clubsport system allows this characteristic to be adjusted independently.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncreasing low-speed compression can provide greater platform control and a more immediate chassis response, while reducing it can allow more suspension movement and compliance.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigh-Speed Compression Adjustment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigh-speed compression relates to faster damper movements caused by sharper suspension inputs.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExamples include:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKerbs\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSurface changes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBumps\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePotholes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSharp track imperfections\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBeing able to adjust high-speed compression separately allows the suspension to maintain strong chassis control while still allowing the wheel to react effectively to sudden inputs.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis becomes particularly important on circuit cars, where excessive high-speed compression can reduce compliance and tyre contact over kerbs or uneven surfaces.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRebound Adjustment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRebound damping controls how quickly the suspension extends after being compressed.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdjusting rebound can influence how quickly weight transfers back across the vehicle after braking, cornering or surface inputs.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe ideal rebound setting depends on factors including:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSpring rates\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTyre grip\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eVehicle weight\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAlignment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCircuit surface\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDriving style\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCombined with separate low and high-speed compression adjustment, the V4 Clubsport offers considerably greater tuning potential than 1-way or conventional 2-way suspension.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExternal Reservoir Technology\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe KW V4 Clubsport uses external reservoir technology as part of its advanced damper design.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe compression adjustment controls are located on the external reservoir, allowing the low-speed and high-speed compression circuits to be adjusted separately.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExternal reservoirs also increase the available damper fluid volume and provide additional scope for consistent performance during sustained high-load use.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis makes the system particularly well suited to longer track sessions where suspension temperatures can increase significantly.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdjustable Front Top Mounts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe V4 Clubsport is supplied with adjustable top mounts on the applicable front axle.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThese motorsport-style mounts allow additional camber adjustment compared with the factory mounting arrangement.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncreasing negative camber can help maintain a more favourable tyre contact patch during hard cornering and can be particularly useful when running high-grip or semi-slick tyres.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBenefits can include:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncreased front-end grip\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSharper turn-in\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImproved tyre utilisation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eGreater geometry adjustment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMore flexibility when developing a circuit setup\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKW specifies the Clubsport application with front axle top mounts; the rear retains the application-specific suspension arrangement.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eElectronic Damper Deactivation Included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe G87 M2, G80 M3 and G82 M4 use electronically controlled factory dampers on applicable Adaptive M Suspension configurations.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe KW V4 Clubsport replaces these with manually adjustable performance dampers.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAs a result, the factory electronic damper control must be deactivated.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe included KW cancellation system is designed to prevent suspension-related error messages after the original electronic dampers have been removed.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOnly the standard electronic damper control is deactivated, while other vehicle control functions remain operational.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOnce converted, damping is adjusted manually using the V4 Clubsport controls rather than through BMW's factory suspension modes.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdjustable Ride Height\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe KW V4 Clubsport provides adjustable front and rear ride height.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCurrent rear-wheel-drive application data lists approximately:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFront lowering: 20–35mm\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRear lowering: 15–30mm\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe front axle uses threaded coilover struts, while the rear retains a separate spring with height adjustment and matching damper arrangement.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor performance-focused builds, ride height should be selected based on:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSuspension travel\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTyre clearance\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eGeometry\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCorner weighting\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eVehicle balance\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe lowest possible setting is not automatically the fastest setup.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDeveloped for Track Performance\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe V4 Clubsport sits within KW's Track Performance range and is developed specifically around the demands of high-performance driving.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompared with conventional road coilovers, the Clubsport system is designed to operate with higher tyre grip, increased cornering loads and sustained circuit use.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis makes it particularly suitable for cars equipped with:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSemi-slick tyres\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLightweight wheels\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePerformance brake systems\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdjustable suspension arms\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUprated anti-roll bars\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eChassis bracing\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMore aggressive alignment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncreased engine performance\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G87 M2 Suspension Upgrade\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe G87 M2 combines significant S58 power with a rear-wheel-drive chassis and substantial performance potential.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe V4 Clubsport gives drivers the ability to develop the suspension around higher-grip tyres and more aggressive geometry while maintaining detailed control over body movement and bump response.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor cars seeing frequent track use, the combination of adjustable top mounts and 3-way damping can provide substantially more setup potential than conventional road-focused coilovers.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G80 M3 Suspension Upgrade\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe G80 M3 and M3 Competition offer exceptional chassis capability but can benefit from more specialised suspension when being developed for track use.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe V4 Clubsport allows the suspension to be tailored around the exact vehicle setup rather than relying on a broadly configured factory adaptive system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSeparate rear-wheel-drive and xDrive applications are available, so drivetrain must be confirmed before ordering.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G82 M4 Suspension Upgrade\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe G82 M4 and M4 Competition share much of their chassis architecture with the G80 M3 and respond similarly to suspension development.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor cars running increased tyre grip, track-focused alignment or regular circuit sessions, the V4 Clubsport provides extensive control over suspension behaviour.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAgain, rear-wheel-drive and xDrive vehicles require the appropriate application.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKW V4 vs KW V4 Clubsport\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe standard KW V4 and V4 Clubsport both provide advanced 3-way damping adjustment, but their intended use differs significantly.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe standard V4 is part of KW's high-performance road-focused Variant range and is designed to combine advanced adjustment with everyday road usability.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe V4 Clubsport is developed with a much stronger emphasis on track use.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIt adds Clubsport-specific spring and damper tuning, adjustable top mounts and a more motorsport-focused overall configuration.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor predominantly road-driven M cars, the standard V4 may be the more appropriate choice.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor regular track use, high-grip tyres and aggressive geometry, the V4 Clubsport offers considerably greater potential.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKW V3 Clubsport vs V4 Clubsport\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBoth systems are designed for serious fast-road and track use.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe V3 Clubsport provides independent compression and rebound adjustment.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe V4 Clubsport adds separate low-speed and high-speed compression adjustment, creating a 3-way system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis allows much finer control over body movement and sharp suspension inputs.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor drivers looking for a highly capable but somewhat simpler Clubsport setup, the V3 Clubsport remains an excellent option.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor more advanced chassis development, the V4 Clubsport provides a larger tuning window.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProfessional Installation, Alignment \u0026amp; Corner Weighting\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProfessional installation is strongly recommended.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWith:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdjustable ride height\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e3-way damping\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdjustable top mounts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eElectronic damper deactivation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ethere are significantly more setup variables than with a conventional coilover system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAfter installation, the vehicle should receive a full performance alignment.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor track-focused cars, corner weighting is also highly recommended.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDamping changes should ideally be made methodically and recorded so that the effect of each adjustment can be properly evaluated.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMaintenance\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAlthough the V4 Clubsport uses high-quality corrosion-resistant materials, regular maintenance remains important.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe following areas should be periodically inspected and cleaned:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThreaded ride-height adjustment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSpring platforms\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDamper adjusters\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExternal reservoirs\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReservoir hoses\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTop mounts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eElectronic cancellation components\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCars seeing frequent track use should receive more regular suspension inspections due to the increased loads and temperatures involved.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G87 M2, G80 M3 \u0026amp; G82 M4 Compatibility\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKW V4 Clubsport applications are available for applicable current-generation BMW M cars including:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G87 M2\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G80 M3\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G80 M3 Competition\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G82 M4\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G82 M4 Competition\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G80 M3 Competition xDrive with appropriate kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G82 M4 Competition xDrive with appropriate kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRear-wheel-drive application commonly listed:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKW 397202EB\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003exDrive application commonly listed:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKW 397202EQ\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExact compatibility, axle loads and part number should be confirmed before ordering.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat's Included?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe KW V4 Clubsport is supplied as a complete vehicle-specific track-performance suspension system for the applicable BMW model, including:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKW V4 Clubsport front coilover struts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKW V4 Clubsport rear dampers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eVehicle-specific performance springs\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHeight-adjustment components\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdjustable front top mounts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExternal reservoirs\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLow-speed compression adjustment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigh-speed compression adjustment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRebound damping adjustment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eElectronic damper deactivation components\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRelevant vehicle-specific installation components\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExact kit contents vary according to drivetrain and vehicle application.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExplore More BMW M Parts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLooking to improve your BMW M car further? Explore our range of suspension, handling, braking and performance upgrades.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/g87-2023\"\u003eBMW G87 M2 Parts\u003c\/a\u003e – Shop performance, suspension and chassis upgrades specifically for the BMW G87 M2.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/g8x-m3\"\u003eBMW G80 M3 Parts\u003c\/a\u003e – Explore suspension, handling and performance upgrades for the BMW G80 M3 and M3 Competition.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/g82-m4-2021\"\u003eBMW G82 M4 Parts\u003c\/a\u003e – Shop suspension, chassis and performance upgrades for the BMW G82 M4 and M4 Competition.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/kw-suspension\"\u003eKW Suspension\u003c\/a\u003e – Browse the complete range of KW suspension products.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/coilovers\"\u003eCoilovers\u003c\/a\u003e – Explore coilover suspension from KW and other leading manufacturers.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"KW Suspension","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":52118384181585,"sku":"397202EB","price":6803.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/KW-Coilover-suspension-V4-Clubsport-incl.-top-mounts-_incl.-deactivation-for-electronic-dampers_-BMW-2-3-4-Series-G8X-M2-M3-M4-KW-Suspension-8326269.jpg?v=1762898308"},{"product_id":"tr87-v2-pre-preg-carbon-fibre-rear-wing-by-trevora","title":"TR87 V2 Pre-Preg Carbon Fibre Rear Wing by TREVORA","description":"\u003cp\u003eEnhance the look and performance of your BMW with the TR87 Rear Wing. Designed from the outset to be compatible with BMWs ethos of motorsport, it comes with an adjustable rake setting, meaning you can set it up for Track or Road.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis variant of wing has been designed specifically to work with\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003evehicles with flat boot lids\u003c\/span\u003e, as it has\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003eflat bottom wing legs\u003c\/span\u003e.\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNOTE:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003eThere are various cars that are not listed that we the wing will fit to. This wing can fit to any car with a flat rear boot.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExclusive, motorsport-inspired design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-quality, lightweight 2x2 twill pre-preg carbon fibre components\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdvanced computer-aided design (CAD) methods for a perfect fit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnhances aerodynamics, reducing drag and increasing downforce\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustable rear wing settings for Road, Sport, and Track use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Trevora","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53638452511057,"sku":"TR-TR87RWCF","price":1439.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/TR87-V2-Pre-Preg-Carbon-Fibre-Rear-Wing-by-TREVORA-Trevora-170681489.webp?v=1777286410"},{"product_id":"mmx-12mm-wheel-spacers-bmw-g-series","title":"MMX wheel spacers | BMW G-Series | F5X F60 Mini","description":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX 12mm Hubcentric Wheel Spacers – BMW G-Series \u0026amp; MINI F-Series\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImprove the stance, wheel fitment and handling of your BMW G-Series or MINI F-Series with the MMX 12mm Hubcentric Wheel Spacer and Bolt Kit.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePrecision-machined from lightweight 7075-T6 aluminium, the MMX spacers move each wheel 12mm further outward from the hub, creating a wider track and helping the wheels sit more flush with the bodywork.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe hubcentric design incorporates a precision-machined locating lip that maintains the correct 66.5mm centre bore, helping the wheel remain accurately centred on the hub and reducing the risk of vibration caused by poor alignment.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSuitable for BMW G-Series models and MINI F54, F55, F56, F57 and F60 applications using the 5x112 bolt pattern, each pair is supplied with ten extended Grade 10.9 black wheel bolts for correct installation.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhy Fit 12mm Wheel Spacers?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWheel spacers are one of the simplest ways to improve the stance of a vehicle without replacing the wheels.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBy positioning the wheels further outward, the MMX 12mm spacers can help:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReduce the recessed factory wheel appearance\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCreate a wider and more purposeful stance\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePosition the wheel more flush with the arch\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncrease track width\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImprove clearance around suspension or brake components\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eComplement lowered suspension\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImprove overall wheel fitment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor many BMW and MINI applications, 12mm provides a noticeable improvement without creating an excessively aggressive stance.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKey Features\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX 12mm hubcentric wheel spacers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSuitable for BMW G-Series\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSuitable for MINI F-Series\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e12mm spacer thickness\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e5x112 PCD\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e66.5mm centre bore\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePrecision hubcentric locating lip\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCNC-machined construction\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAerospace-grade 7075-T6 aluminium\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLightweight and highly durable\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWider vehicle stance\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImproved wheel-to-arch fitment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCan provide additional brake or suspension clearance\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatible with suitable factory and aftermarket wheels\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSupplied as a pair\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e10 extended black wheel bolts included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eGrade 10.9 carbon-steel wheel bolts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCan be mixed with other MMX spacer widths front-to-rear\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003e12mm Wider Per Wheel\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEach spacer moves the corresponding wheel 12mm outward from the hub.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhen fitted to both wheels on one axle, this increases the overall track width by approximately 24mm.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis creates a noticeably broader stance while retaining a relatively subtle OEM-plus appearance.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImproved Wheel Fitment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFactory wheel fitment often positions the wheels further inside the arches than some owners prefer.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX spacers effectively alter the wheel offset by moving the wheel outward.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor example, fitting a 12mm spacer has the same positional effect as reducing the wheel offset by 12mm.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis can help create a more flush wheel-to-arch relationship without requiring replacement wheels.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWider, More Purposeful Stance\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOne of the primary reasons to fit spacers is appearance.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMoving the wheels outward can substantially change the way the car sits visually.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX 12mm spacers are particularly well suited to:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStandard-height cars\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLowered vehicles\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCars with factory wheels\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAftermarket wheel setups\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePerformance-focused builds\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThey can help remove the visually narrow appearance created when the factory wheels sit deep within the arches.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHubcentric Design\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCorrect wheel location is extremely important when fitting spacers.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX uses a hubcentric design with a precision-machined alloy spigot.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRather than relying solely on the wheel bolts to centre the wheel, the spacer maintains the correct hub-centred location.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis helps provide:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAccurate wheel alignment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCorrect centring on the hub\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReduced risk of vibration\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEasier wheel installation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMore consistent fitment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX maintains the OE 66.5mm centre bore for compatible BMW G-Series and MINI F-Series applications.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003e5x112 Bolt Pattern\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThese spacers use the 5x112 PCD found across compatible modern BMW G-Series and F-Series MINI applications.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis means the spacer has:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e5 wheel bolt positions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e112mm pitch circle diameter\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe spacer must always match the vehicle's original hub specification.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003e7075-T6 Aluminium Construction\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX manufactures the spacers from aerospace-grade 7075-T6 aluminium.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis high-strength aluminium alloy provides an excellent combination of:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLow weight\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigh strength\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDimensional stability\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDurability\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe lightweight construction minimises additional unsprung and rotational mass while providing the strength required for a wheel-mounting component.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExtended Wheel Bolts Included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA spacer increases the distance between the wheel and hub, meaning the original wheel bolts are no longer long enough to provide the required thread engagement.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX therefore supplies ten extended black wheel bolts with each pair of spacers.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe bolts use Grade 10.9 carbon-steel construction for high strength.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUsing the correctly sized extended hardware is essential when installing wheel spacers.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSold as a Pair\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX 12mm spacer kit is supplied as a pair for one axle.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEach kit therefore includes:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e2x 12mm wheel spacers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e10x extended wheel bolts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTo space both the front and rear axles, two pairs are required.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMix Spacer Widths Front \u0026amp; Rear\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX also offers its hubcentric spacers in multiple widths.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis means different spacer thicknesses can be used on the front and rear axles to achieve the desired stance.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor example, depending on wheel fitment and available clearance, an owner may choose:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e12mm front \/ 12mm rear\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e12mm front \/ 15mm rear\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e15mm front \/ 18mm rear\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe correct combination depends on the vehicle, wheels, tyres, suspension and desired appearance.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdditional Brake Clearance\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMoving the wheel outward can also provide additional inner clearance.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis may be useful when fitting:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLarger brake calipers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBig brake kits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDifferent wheel designs\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePerformance brake upgrades\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHowever, spacer fitment does not guarantee clearance with every brake and wheel combination.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe setup should always be checked before use.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdditional Coilover Clearance\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAftermarket coilovers and wider wheels can sometimes reduce clearance between the inner wheel barrel or tyre and suspension components.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA wheel spacer moves the complete wheel assembly outward and can therefore provide additional clearance from:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCoilover spring platforms\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDampers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSuspension arms\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOther inner-wheel components\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eClearance should always be checked throughout the full steering and suspension range.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIdeal with Lowering Springs\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWheel spacers are especially popular on lowered vehicles.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLowering springs reduce the wheel arch gap vertically, while spacers improve the lateral wheel position.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCombining the two can create a much more complete stance improvement.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThey work particularly well alongside upgrades such as:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX Lowering Springs\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHeight-adjustable spring kits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSport dampers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCoilovers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHandling Benefits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMoving the wheels outward increases the vehicle's track width.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA wider track can influence the way the chassis responds during cornering and may provide a broader, more planted feel.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHowever, spacer selection should primarily be based around correct wheel fitment, tyre clearance and suspension geometry rather than treating the spacer as a major standalone handling modification.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G-Series Compatibility\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe 12mm MMX spacers are suitable for compatible BMW G-Series models using the 5x112 PCD and 66.5mm centre bore.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis can include models across ranges such as:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G20 \/ G21 3 Series\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G22 \/ G23 \/ G26 4 Series\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G42 2 Series\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G87 M2\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G80 \/ G81 M3\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G82 \/ G83 M4\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOther compatible BMW G-Series applications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAlways confirm your specific hub, wheel and bolt arrangement before ordering.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMINI F54 Clubman\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX 12mm spacers are compatible with MINI F54 Clubman applications.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe hubcentric construction maintains the correct wheel location while allowing the wheels to sit 12mm further outward.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMINI F55 5-Door Hatch\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMINI F55 models are also supported.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe spacers can provide a useful stance improvement whether the car retains factory suspension or has been lowered.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMINI F56 Hatch\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX spacers are suitable for MINI F56 models, including compatible Cooper S and John Cooper Works applications.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe 12mm width is particularly useful for owners looking for an OEM-plus stance with factory or suitable aftermarket wheels.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMINI F57 Convertible\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMINI F57 Convertible applications are also compatible.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe same 5x112 hubcentric design provides precise location onto the factory wheel hub.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMINI F60 Countryman\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe kit is also suitable for compatible MINI F60 Countryman applications.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMINI F-Series Compatibility\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX officially lists fitment for:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMINI F54 Clubman\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMINI F55 Hatch\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMINI F56 Hatch\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMINI F57 Convertible\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMINI F60 Countryman\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eModel year:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e2014+\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eModel variants:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAll applicable F-Series MINIs\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX confirms a 5x112 PCD and 66.5mm OE centre bore for these MINI applications.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImportant Fitment Checks\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBefore installation, ensure that:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe spacer sits completely flat against the hub\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe wheel sits completely flat against the spacer\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe hubcentric lip correctly locates the wheel\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe correct extended bolts are used\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe wheel clears the arch\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe tyre clears suspension components\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFull steering lock remains unobstructed\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdequate clearance remains through suspension travel\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX specifically recommends checking arch clearance at full left and right steering lock after installation.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWheel Bolt Torque\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWheel bolts should always be tightened to the vehicle manufacturer's specified torque using a calibrated torque wrench.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWheel bolt torque should also be rechecked after the wheels have been removed or spacers installed.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSpacer Care\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX advises against using aggressive acidic or alkaline wheel cleaners on the anodised spacer finish.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor cleaning, use:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWater\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMild soap\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003epH-neutral products\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAvoid aggressive wheel cleaners, solvents, abrasive compounds and strong traffic-film removers, as these can damage the spacer finish.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat's Included?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEach MMX 12mm Wheel Spacer Kit includes:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e2x MMX 12mm hubcentric wheel spacers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e10x extended black wheel bolts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eGrade 10.9 carbon-steel bolt construction\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOne kit is suitable for one axle.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTwo kits are required to fit 12mm spacers to all four wheels.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExplore More BMW \u0026amp; MINI Chassis Upgrades\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLooking to improve stance and handling further? Explore our range of BMW and MINI chassis upgrades.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/mmx\"\u003eMMX Performance\u003c\/a\u003e – Browse MMX suspension, braking, drivetrain and performance upgrades.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/wheel-spacers\"\u003eWheels Spacers\u003c\/a\u003e – Explore wheel spacers, wheel hardware and supporting fitment components.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/suspension\"\u003eSuspension \u0026amp; Handling\u003c\/a\u003e – Browse lowering springs, coilovers, dampers and chassis upgrades.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MMX","offers":[{"title":"12mm Spacers (pair \u0026 ten bolts)","offer_id":53838673936721,"sku":"MMR37-1612","price":94.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"15mm Spacers (pair \u0026 ten bolts)","offer_id":53838673969489,"sku":"MMR37-1615","price":99.53,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"18mm Spacers (pair \u0026 ten bolts)","offer_id":53838674002257,"sku":"MMR37-1618","price":100.79,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/MMX-12mm-wheel-spacers-_-BMW-G-Series-MMX-177146321.webp?v=1779458050"},{"product_id":"mmx-gear-shift-paddles-g-series-inc-lci-titanium-magnetic-paddle-inc-fitting-kit","title":"MMX Gear shift paddles | G Series Inc. LCI | Titanium Magnetic Paddle Inc Fitting kit","description":"\u003cp\u003eWelcome to the ultimate pair of billet magnetic shift paddles for BMW G-Series vehicles.\u003cspan\u003e \u003c\/span\u003ePut yourself back in control of your BMW, and boost your interior aesthetics with these exquisitely engineered billet magnetic aluminium paddles. And, unlike some options, these are fully engineered replacements, not just stick-on covers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in three anodised finishes to complement the interior of your BMW, you have the choice of red, black or titanium.\u003cspan\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAvailable for G-Series BMWs with the M-Performance steering wheel. Our paddles fit the Gen 3 M-Performance steering wheel.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MMX","offers":[{"title":"Silver","offer_id":53865450864977,"sku":"MMR04-0005-TITAN","price":323.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red","offer_id":53865450897745,"sku":"MMR04-0006-RED","price":323.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black","offer_id":53865450930513,"sku":"MMR04-0004-BLK","price":323.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/MMX-Gear-shift-paddles-_-G-Series-Inc.-LCI-_-Titanium-Magnetic-Paddle-Inc-Fitting-kit-MMX-177388243.webp?v=1779791041"},{"product_id":"mmx-gear-shift-paddles-e-f-series-dark-anthracite","title":"MMX Gear shift paddles | E\u0026F series | Dark anthracite","description":"\u003cp\u003eSharpen up your BMW's gear changes with our billet gear shift paddle Set. Put yourself back in control of your BMW, and boost your interior aesthetics with these exquisitely engineered billet aluminium paddles. And, unlike some options, these are fully engineered replacements, not just stick-on covers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in two finishes to complement the interior of your BMW, you have the choice of Titanium Silver or Dark Anthracite Grey.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAvailable for E-Series, F-Series and G-Series vehicles with the M-Performance steering wheel. E-Series and F-Series fits the Gen 1 and Gen 2 M-Performance steering wheel. G-Series fits the Gen 3 M-Performance steering wheel.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePlease select your choice of colour and vehicle.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAvailable for E-Series, F-Series \u0026amp; G-Series vehicles with the M-Performance steering wheel. Please select your choice of colour and vehicle.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MMX","offers":[{"title":"E-Series \/ Dark Anthracite","offer_id":53866434199889,"sku":"MMR04-0501-DA","price":218.4,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"E-Series \/ Titanium","offer_id":53866434232657,"sku":"MMR04-0501-TI","price":218.4,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"F-Series \/ Dark Anthracite","offer_id":53866434265425,"sku":"MMR04-0501-DA","price":218.4,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"F-Series \/ Titanium","offer_id":53866434298193,"sku":"MMR04-0501-TI","price":218.4,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"G-Series \/ Dark Anthracite","offer_id":53866434330961,"sku":"MMR04-0503-DA","price":218.4,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"G-Series \/ Titanium","offer_id":53866434363729,"sku":"MMR04-0503-TI","price":218.4,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/MMX-Gear-shift-paddles-_-E_F-series-_-Dark-anthracite-MMX-177417778.webp?v=1779793717"},{"product_id":"mmx-bmw-mini-coolant-cap-90mm","title":"MMX BMW | MINI Coolant Cap 90MM","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe MMR Performance 90mm billet coolant expansion cap for BMWs has been designed from the ground up in the UK, engineered from a solid billet of aluminium.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach cap was designed to directly replace the OE cap, not merely a cover stuck in place. Fitment is for models with the matching OE (17 11 7 639 021) part number.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MMX","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53870050115921,"sku":"MMR03-1502","price":121.79,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/MMX-BMW-_-MINI-Coolant-Cap-90MM-MMX-177469198.webp?v=1779801142"},{"product_id":"mmx-high-capacity-diff-sump-diff-pan-g8x-m2-m3-m4","title":"MMX High Capacity Diff Sump | Diff Pan | G8x | M2 | M3 | M4","description":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX High-Capacity Baffled Differential Sump \/ Diff Pan – BMW G87 M2, G80\/G81 M3 \u0026amp; G82\/G83 M4\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImprove rear differential reliability and consistency on your BMW G8X M car with the MMX High-Capacity Baffled Differential Sump.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned specifically for the BMW G87 M2, G80\/G81 M3 and G82\/G83 M4 in both RWD and xDrive configurations, this uprated differential sump has been developed for demanding road and track use where the factory differential system can be subjected to prolonged high temperatures and sustained cornering loads.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWith increased oil capacity, an integrated baffling system and a CNC-machined windage tray, the MMX sump is designed to help the differential maintain stable lubrication and consistent performance during hard driving.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor track-focused G8X owners, it also addresses the conditions that can contribute to the “Rear Axle Differential Lock: Driving Stability Limited” warning, helping reduce interruptions during demanding sessions.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhy Upgrade the G8X Differential Sump?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe rear differential on a BMW G8X M car is exposed to significant thermal and mechanical load.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDuring aggressive driving, the differential must manage:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigh torque output\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSustained cornering forces\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRepeated acceleration\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigh differential temperatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRapid changes in vehicle direction\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExtended track sessions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAs those demands increase, maintaining a consistent supply of differential oil becomes increasingly important.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX High-Capacity Baffled Sump is designed to improve oil control and overall differential efficiency during these conditions.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKey Features\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX high-capacity differential sump\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for BMW G8X M cars\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatible with RWD and xDrive\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncreased differential oil capacity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eInternal baffling system\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCNC-machined billet construction\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCNC-machined windage tray\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for demanding road and track use\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHelps maintain consistent differential lubrication\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned to reduce the conditions associated with differential stability warnings\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIntegrated external oil cooler provision\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSupplied with M22 to -8AN adaptor\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMagnetic drain plug included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFill plug and seals included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatible with MMX Dual Differential Mount\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNo additional mounting hardware required when combining with MMX Dual Differential Mount\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDual Differential Mount sold separately\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for Track Use\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX High-Capacity Differential Sump has been developed specifically with hard-driven G8X M cars in mind.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTrack driving places the differential under significantly greater load than normal road use.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRepeated high-speed cornering, braking and acceleration can increase:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDifferential temperature\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOil movement inside the casing\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLubrication demands\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLoad on the active differential system\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX sump is designed to help the rear differential operate more consistently during these conditions.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncreased Oil Capacity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOne of the main benefits of the MMX sump is its increased oil capacity.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA larger volume of differential oil can provide several performance advantages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eGreater fluid volume gives the system more thermal mass, meaning it can absorb more heat before reaching the same temperature as a smaller oil volume.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis can help with:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHeat management\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eConsistency during longer track sessions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDifferential lubrication\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReduced thermal stress\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor cars subjected to repeated hard use, additional oil capacity can be particularly valuable.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eInternal Baffling\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX sump incorporates an internal baffling system designed to help control the movement of differential oil.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDuring aggressive cornering, braking and acceleration, fluid inside the differential is subjected to substantial forces.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWithout adequate control, oil can move away from critical areas.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe baffled design helps keep lubricant more consistently positioned around the differential components during high-G driving.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis makes the sump particularly relevant for:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTrack-day cars\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSemi-slick tyre setups\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigh-grip road tyres\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLowered G8X builds\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCars generating sustained lateral load\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCNC-Machined Windage Tray\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX kit also includes a billet CNC-machined windage tray.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe windage tray helps manage the interaction between the rotating differential components and the oil inside the casing.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBy helping control excess fluid movement around the rotating assembly, it contributes to a more stable internal oil environment.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis forms part of MMX’s broader approach to maintaining consistent lubrication and efficiency under high-load conditions.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHelps Prevent Rear Axle Differential Warnings\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX specifically developed the sump to help prevent the:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e“Rear Axle Differential Lock: Driving Stability Limited”\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ewarning from appearing during demanding use.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor owners using their G8X M2, M3 or M4 on track, this can be an important benefit.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA differential warning during a session can interrupt driving and reduce confidence in the vehicle.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBy improving fluid capacity, oil control and thermal management, the MMX sump is designed to help the differential operate more consistently under severe conditions.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImproved Differential Temperature Management\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDifferential temperature is particularly important on cars used for repeated high-performance driving.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAs oil temperature rises, lubricant performance can change and the active differential system may become more thermally stressed.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe increased oil volume of the MMX sump helps provide greater thermal capacity.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe provision for an external oil cooler also gives owners the ability to take temperature management even further on heavily track-focused vehicles.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExternal Differential Oil Cooler Provision\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX sump includes an M22 to -8AN adaptor for connection to an external differential oil cooling system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis allows the sump to form part of a more comprehensive cooling setup if required.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor vehicles used in:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLong track sessions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMotorsport\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigh ambient temperatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigh-power applications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEndurance-style events\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eadding an external differential oil cooler can provide an additional level of thermal control.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe external cooler itself is not included unless otherwise stated.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMagnetic Drain Plug\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA magnetic drain plug is supplied with the sump.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe magnetic element can help collect small ferrous particles circulating within the differential oil.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis provides an additional maintenance benefit and can make it easier to inspect the condition of the fluid during servicing.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe supplied drain plug also includes the required seal.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFill Plug \u0026amp; Seal Included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX package includes a dedicated fill plug and seal.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis allows the sump to be installed as a complete assembly without needing to reuse the original fill plug where not required.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCNC-Machined Billet Construction\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX sump is manufactured using billet CNC machining.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis provides:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigh dimensional accuracy\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStrong construction\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eConsistent fitment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigh-quality finish\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDurability under demanding use\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe billet construction also allows MMX to integrate the internal baffling, mounting points and external cooler provisions into one complete assembly.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatible with MMX Dual Differential Mount\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe High-Capacity Differential Sump has been designed to integrate directly with the MMX Dual Differential Mount.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis means owners can combine the two systems without requiring additional mounting hardware between them.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe Dual Differential Mount adds a second point of support to the rear differential, while the High-Capacity Sump focuses on fluid control, temperature management and differential reliability.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTogether, they provide a more comprehensive rear drivetrain upgrade.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNo Additional Hardware Required for the Dual Mount\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhen fitting the MMX Dual Differential Mount to the High-Capacity Sump, no additional attachment hardware is required beyond the components supplied with the respective products.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis simplifies installation and ensures the two systems are designed to work together correctly.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePlease note that the MMX Dual Differential Mount is sold separately.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIdeal Combination for Track Builds\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor track-focused G8X builds, combining the sump with the MMX Dual Differential Mount provides benefits in two key areas.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe sump improves:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOil capacity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLubrication control\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHeat management\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDifferential consistency\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe dual mount improves:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDifferential stability\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDrivetrain response\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eResistance to movement under torque\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTogether, these upgrades provide a strong foundation for cars subjected to repeated high-load driving.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSuitable for RWD \u0026amp; xDrive\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX High-Capacity Differential Sump is designed to fit both rear-wheel-drive and xDrive G8X M cars.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis includes:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRWD G87 M2\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRWD G80\/G82 models\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003exDrive G80\/G81\/G82\/G83 models\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eApplicable later G87 configurations\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis broad compatibility makes it suitable across the majority of the G8X M platform.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIdeal for High-Power Cars\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAlthough the sump is especially valuable for track use, it can also be beneficial on tuned road cars.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncreased engine output places greater torque through the differential.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis can increase heat generation and loading within the drivetrain.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX sump is therefore particularly relevant for cars fitted with:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX Power Control Module\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eECU tuning\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigher boost\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePerformance exhaust upgrades\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIntake upgrades\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigh-grip tyres\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTrack-focused suspension\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTrack-Day Reliability Upgrade\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor frequent track users, the MMX sump should be considered a reliability-focused supporting modification rather than simply a performance accessory.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe objective is to help the differential continue operating consistently as temperatures and loads rise throughout a session.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis makes it particularly suited to:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTrack-day vehicles\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eClubsport builds\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTime Attack cars\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFast-road cars\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigh-power G8X builds\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCars on semi-slick tyres\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRoad Use Benefits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe sump is not limited to track vehicles.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCars driven hard on the road can also benefit from:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncreased oil capacity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImproved oil control\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBetter thermal reserve\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMagnetic drain plug\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExternal cooler compatibility\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor owners building a high-quality fast-road G8X, the sump provides additional drivetrain headroom even if the car only sees occasional circuit use.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G87 M2\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX High-Capacity Differential Sump is compatible with the BMW G87 M2.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe G87’s powerful S58 engine places substantial load through the rear differential, making improved oil management especially useful on tuned or track-driven examples.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G80 \/ G81 M3\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe sump is suitable for the BMW G80 M3 and G81 M3 Touring.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBoth RWD and xDrive applications are supported where applicable.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor track-focused M3 builds, the additional capacity and baffling can help improve consistency across longer sessions.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G82 \/ G83 M4\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe BMW G82 M4 Coupe and G83 M4 Convertible are also supported.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor high-power or frequently tracked M4s, the sump provides additional differential cooling and lubrication headroom.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for BMW G8X M cars including:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G87 M2\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G80 M3\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G81 M3 Touring\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G82 M4\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G83 M4 Convertible\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRWD models\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003exDrive models\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePlease confirm exact vehicle specification before ordering.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat's Included?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX High-Capacity Baffled Differential Sump includes:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBillet CNC-machined baffled differential sump\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBillet CNC-machined windage tray\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMagnetic drain plug and seal\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFill plug and seal\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eM22 to -8AN adaptor for external oil cooler connection\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNecessary installation hardware\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX Dual Differential Mount sold separately.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExplore More BMW G8X Drivetrain Upgrades\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLooking to improve the rear drivetrain of your G8X further? Explore our range of differential and chassis upgrades.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/g87-2023\"\u003eBMW G87 M2 Parts\u003c\/a\u003e – Shop drivetrain, suspension and performance upgrades for the BMW G87 M2.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/g8x-m3\"\u003eBMW G80 \/ G81 M3 Parts\u003c\/a\u003e – Explore handling and drivetrain upgrades for the BMW G80 M3 \u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/g82-m4-2021\"\u003eand G81 M3 Touring.\u003c\/a\u003e\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/g82-m4-2021\"\u003eBMW G82 \/ G83 M4 Parts\u003c\/a\u003e – Browse differential, chassis and performance products for the BMW G8X M4.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/mmx\"\u003eMMX Performance\u003c\/a\u003e – Explore MMX drivetrain, suspension, intake and engine upgrades.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MMX","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53892405821777,"sku":"MMR55-1600","price":1439.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/MMX-High-Capacity-Diff-Sump-_-Diff-Pan-_-G8x-_-M2-_-M3-_-M4-MMX-177687779.webp?v=1779964034"},{"product_id":"mmx-oem-differential-dual-mount-no-bush-g8x-m2-m3-m4","title":"MMX OEM Differential Dual Mount (No Bush) | G8x | M2 | M3 | M4","description":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX OEM Differential Dual Mount – BMW G87 M2, G80\/G81 M3 \u0026amp; G82\/G83 M4\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImprove rear differential stability and drivetrain response on your BMW G8X M car with the MMX OEM Differential Dual Mount.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for the BMW G87 M2, G80\/G81 M3 and G82\/G83 M4, the MMX Dual Differential Mount adds a second point of support to the rear differential by utilising the factory secondary bush mounting hole.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBy increasing differential support under acceleration and dynamic driving, the mount helps reduce unwanted movement, improve driveline response and provide a more stable connection between the differential and chassis.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis version is supplied without the secondary differential bush, allowing you to use the factory BMW rubber bush or select a compatible polyurethane or solid upgrade separately.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhy Upgrade the G8X Differential Mount?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe rear differential is subjected to substantial torque loads during acceleration.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUnder hard driving, movement within the differential mounting system can reduce drivetrain precision and allow the differential housing to move relative to the chassis.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX Dual Differential Mount reinforces the factory arrangement by adding a second supported mounting point.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis can help provide:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReduced differential movement\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSharper drivetrain response\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImproved power delivery\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncreased rear drivetrain stability\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBetter driver feedback\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMore consistent behaviour under hard acceleration\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX developed the system for tuned cars, track use and performance-focused road vehicles where drivetrain loads are considerably higher.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKey Features\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX OEM Differential Dual Mount\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for BMW G8X M cars\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdds a second differential support point\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUses the factory secondary bush mounting hole\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReduces unwanted differential movement\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImproves drivetrain response\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHelps improve rear axle stability under acceleration\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCan improve tyre traction\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCNC-machined from 6061-T6 billet aluminium\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRetains the factory differential sump\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNo differential fluid drain required\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNo permanent modifications required\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFully reversible\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatible with OEM rubber differential bush\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatible with suitable polyurethane bushes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatible with suitable solid differential bushes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSupplied with required mounting hardware\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSecondary bush not included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX part number MMR55-1606\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdds a Second Differential Mounting Point\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe standard G8X differential mounting arrangement includes provision for a secondary mounting position.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX Dual Differential Mount takes advantage of this factory location to add an additional supported mounting point.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis provides greater control over the differential housing without requiring fabrication, drilling or modification to the chassis.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBy supporting the differential at an additional location, the assembly becomes more resistant to movement under torque load.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReduced Differential Movement\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhen engine torque reaches the rear differential, the housing experiences substantial reaction forces.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAny compliance within the mounting system allows the differential to move.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX Dual Differential Mount is designed to limit this movement and provide a more stable drivetrain platform.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReducing movement can contribute to:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMore immediate power delivery\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSharper throttle transitions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImproved drivetrain connection\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMore predictable rear axle behaviour\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBetter response during aggressive acceleration\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImproved Drivetrain Response\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReducing compliance in the differential mounting system can make the drivetrain feel more direct.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDuring throttle application, less movement within the mount means more of the driver's input is transferred through the drivetrain rather than being absorbed by mounting compliance.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor performance-focused drivers, this can create a more connected feeling between the engine, differential and rear wheels.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImproved Traction\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX highlights improved tyre traction as one of the potential benefits of increasing differential stability.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBy reducing unwanted drivetrain movement, power can be transmitted to the rear axle more consistently during hard acceleration.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis can be particularly useful on:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTuned G87 M2 models\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigh-output G80\/G81 M3 builds\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eModified G82\/G83 M4 models\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTrack-day cars\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eVehicles running high-grip tyres\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHelps Reduce Diff \u0026amp; CV Seal Weeping\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX also identifies excessive differential movement as a potential contributor to differential and CV seal weeping under hard acceleration.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBy providing additional support and reducing movement of the differential housing, the dual mount can help reduce the forces acting on these areas.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor hard-driven or higher-powered G8X cars, this provides an additional reliability-focused benefit.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRetains the Factory Differential Sump\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA major advantage of the MMX design is that the original BMW differential sump remains fitted.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe dual mount bolts directly into position without requiring the factory sump to be removed or replaced.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis means installation does not require:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRemoving the differential sump\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDraining differential oil\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRefilling the differential\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReplacing the factory sump\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis makes the upgrade considerably simpler than solutions requiring a complete differential cover or sump replacement.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNo Differential Fluid Change Required\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBecause the original sump remains untouched, the differential oil does not need to be drained purely to install the mount.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis reduces installation complexity and avoids unnecessary disturbance of the differential fluid system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIt also makes the MMX mount a practical upgrade to fit independently of a differential service.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatible with the OEM Rubber Bush\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis no-bush version is designed to work with the factory BMW differential bush, part number:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e33 31 6 899 168\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis makes it possible to add the structural benefits of the dual-mount arrangement while retaining the compliance and refinement of an OEM rubber bushing.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor predominantly road-driven cars, this can provide an appealing balance between improved drivetrain support and factory-style NVH characteristics.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatible with Polyurethane Bushes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOwners wanting a firmer drivetrain setup can pair the MMX mount with a suitable aftermarket polyurethane differential bush.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePolyurethane generally provides less movement than the factory rubber component while retaining some compliance.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis can make it a useful middle ground for:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFast-road cars\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTuned vehicles\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOccasional track use\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOwners wanting greater drivetrain precision without moving to a fully solid mount\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatible with Solid Differential Bushes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX mount can also be paired with a compatible solid differential bush.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA solid mounting arrangement minimises compliance and provides the most direct connection between the differential and chassis.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis is generally better suited to:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDedicated track cars\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompetition builds\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHighly modified vehicles\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDrivers prioritising response over refinement\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSolid mounts can significantly increase noise, vibration and harshness compared with an OEM rubber setup.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhy Is the Bush Not Included?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis version of the MMX Dual Differential Mount is intentionally supplied without a secondary bush.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis allows the customer to choose the bush specification that best suits the vehicle.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOptions can include:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOEM BMW rubber\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAftermarket polyurethane\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSolid differential bush\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis means the same MMX mounting bracket can be used across road, fast-road and track-focused builds.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003e6061-T6 Billet Aluminium Construction\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX Differential Dual Mount is CNC-machined from 6061-T6 billet aluminium.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis material provides a strong balance of:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigh strength\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLow weight\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDurability\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDimensional accuracy\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCNC machining also allows the mount to achieve the precise fit required for direct installation onto the G8X drivetrain.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOEM-Style Fitment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX designed the mount around the factory BMW mounting points.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNo chassis cutting, welding or drilling is required.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis gives the upgrade an OEM-style installation while still providing a substantial increase in differential support.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFully Reversible\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBecause no permanent vehicle modifications are required, the MMX dual mount can be removed later if required.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe vehicle can therefore be returned to its original differential mounting configuration.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis makes the upgrade particularly attractive for owners who want improved performance without permanently modifying the chassis.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIdeal for Tuned G8X Models\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAs engine output increases, the loads transmitted through the differential mounts also rise.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX Dual Differential Mount is particularly worthwhile for vehicles running:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX Power Control Module\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eECU tuning\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncreased boost\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePerformance exhaust upgrades\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigher-grip tyres\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTrack-focused modifications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdding drivetrain support alongside increased engine output can help make the car feel more controlled and consistent.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIdeal for Fast-Road \u0026amp; Track Use\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX Dual Differential Mount is suitable for a wide range of performance applications.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIt is particularly useful for:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSpirited road driving\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFast-road builds\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTrack-day vehicles\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTuned G8X M cars\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigh-grip tyre setups\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCars experiencing increased drivetrain movement\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe choice of secondary bush allows the setup to be tailored to the intended use.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOEM Rubber vs Polyurethane vs Solid Bush\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOEM Rubber\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBest suited to road cars where refinement remains important.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdvantages include:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLowest NVH\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFactory-style comfort\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImproved differential support when combined with the dual mount\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePolyurethane\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOffers increased stiffness while retaining some compliance.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBest suited to:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFast-road cars\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eModified road vehicles\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOccasional track use\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSolid\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProvides maximum drivetrain rigidity.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBest suited to:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTrack-focused builds\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMotorsport\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDrivers willing to accept increased NVH\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G87 M2\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX Differential Dual Mount is compatible with the BMW G87 M2.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe G87's S58 engine is capable of producing substantial torque even in factory specification, with tuned examples placing significantly greater demands on the rear drivetrain.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe dual mount helps provide additional differential control under hard acceleration.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G80 \/ G81 M3\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe mount is compatible with the BMW G80 M3 and G81 M3 Touring.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor fast-road, tuned and track-focused M3 builds, additional differential support can help sharpen the way power is transferred through the rear drivetrain.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G82 \/ G83 M4\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe BMW G82 M4 Coupe and G83 M4 Convertible are also supported.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe upgrade is particularly relevant to higher-output M4 builds and cars used regularly for aggressive road or circuit driving.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for BMW G8X M cars including:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G87 M2 – 2023+\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G80 M3 – 2021+\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G81 M3 Touring – 2021+\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G82 M4 – 2021+\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G83 M4 Convertible – 2021+\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX lists the mount for all M-car variants within these chassis.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat's Included?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX OEM Differential Dual Mount package includes:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX CNC-machined 6061-T6 aluminium differential mount\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRequired installation hardware\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImportant: Secondary differential bush is not included.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe mount is compatible with the factory BMW rubber bush 33 31 6 899 168 or suitable aftermarket polyurethane and solid alternatives.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExplore More BMW G8X Drivetrain Upgrades\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLooking to improve your G8X drivetrain further? Explore our range of BMW M performance and chassis products.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/g87-2023\"\u003eBMW G87 M2 Parts\u003c\/a\u003e – Shop drivetrain, suspension and performance upgrades for the BMW G87 M2.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/g8x-m3\"\u003eBMW G80 \/ G81 M3 Parts\u003c\/a\u003e – Explore performance and chassis upgrades for the BMW G80 M3 and G81 M3 Touring.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/g82-m4-2021\"\u003eBMW G82 \/ G83 M4 Parts\u003c\/a\u003e – Browse drivetrain and performance products for the BMW G8X M4.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/mmx\"\u003eMMX Performance\u003c\/a\u003e – Explore MMX drivetrain, suspension, intake and engine upgrades.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MMX","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53892511629649,"sku":"MMR55-1606","price":419.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/MMX-OEM-Differential-Dual-Mount-_No-Bush_-_-G8x-_-M2-_-M3-_-M4-MMX-177688737.webp?v=1779964512"},{"product_id":"mmx-bmw-g8x-ultimate-intake-solution","title":"MMX BMW G8x Ultimate Intake Solution","description":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX BMW G8X Ultimate S58 Intake Solution – BMW G87 M2, G80\/G81 M3 \u0026amp; G82\/G83 M4\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUpgrade the complete intake path of your S58-powered BMW with the MMX Ultimate S58 Intake Solution.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis complete package combines three of MMX’s most popular G8X intake upgrades into one integrated system:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX Turbo Inlet Elbows – MMR11-1600\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX Performance Intake Pipes – MMR11-1601\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX Cotton Panel Filters – MMR01-1601\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned to work together seamlessly, the Ultimate S58 Intake Solution improves airflow through the factory intake system, sharpens throttle response and enhances induction sound while retaining an OEM-quality fit and finish.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor owners looking for a complete intake upgrade without replacing the factory airboxes, this package provides a straightforward bolt-on solution that can support both current and future performance modifications.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhy Choose the MMX Ultimate S58 Intake Solution?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRather than upgrading individual sections of the intake system separately, the MMX Ultimate S58 Intake Solution addresses the complete airflow path from the factory airboxes through to the turbochargers.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe package combines:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigher-flow filtration\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSmoother intake pipework\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReduced intake restriction\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImproved turbo inlet airflow\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCleaner airflow transitions\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEnhanced induction sound\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEach component is designed to complement the others, creating a complete intake system rather than a collection of unrelated upgrades.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKey Features\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eComplete MMX S58 intake upgrade package\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for BMW G8X M cars\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncludes MMX turbo inlet elbows\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncludes MMX performance intake pipes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncludes MMX high-flow cotton panel filters\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned as one integrated airflow solution\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRetains factory BMW airboxes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImproved airflow\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSharper throttle response\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEnhanced induction sound\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReduced intake restriction\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOEM-quality fit and finish\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBolt-on installation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSuitable for standard and modified vehicles\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIdeal for future-proofing higher-performance builds\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eComplete Three-Part Intake Upgrade\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe Ultimate S58 Intake Solution combines three separate MMX products into one complete package.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX Turbo Inlet Elbows – MMR11-1600\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe turbo inlet elbows replace the restrictive factory inlet sections directly before the turbochargers, helping provide a smoother and less restrictive airflow path into the compressors.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX Performance Intake Pipes – MMR11-1601\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe intake pipes replace the factory corrugated intake pipework with smoother performance-oriented pipework designed to reduce turbulence and improve airflow toward the turbo inlet elbows.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX Cotton Panel Filters – MMR01-1601\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe high-flow cotton filters replace the standard disposable paper filters inside the factory BMW airboxes, improving airflow while retaining the OEM intake housing and cold-air feed.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTogether, these three components upgrade the complete pre-turbo intake path.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImproved Airflow\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe factory S58 intake system is highly capable, but several sections can become restrictive as airflow demand increases.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX Ultimate S58 Intake Solution is designed to improve airflow throughout the system rather than focusing on a single component.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBy combining high-flow filters, smoother intake pipes and larger-flow turbo inlet components, the system creates a more efficient path for incoming air to reach the turbochargers.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis can be particularly beneficial on tuned vehicles where the S58 demands a greater volume of air.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSharper Throttle Response\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReduced intake restriction can allow the turbochargers to respond more efficiently to changes in throttle demand.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX Ultimate Intake Solution is designed to help provide sharper throttle response and a more immediate engine feel.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis makes the upgrade relevant not only for outright power-focused builds, but also for owners who want the S58 to feel more responsive during everyday and fast-road driving.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEnhanced Induction Sound\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAlongside the airflow improvements, the MMX package also increases the amount of intake and turbo sound audible from the engine bay.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe combination of performance panel filters, smoother intake pipes and upgraded turbo inlets can give the S58 more noticeable induction character under acceleration.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBecause the original BMW airboxes remain installed, the result retains a more refined and OEM-style character than many open-filter intake systems.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRetains the Factory Airboxes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOne of the major advantages of the MMX Ultimate S58 Intake Solution is that it retains the original BMW airboxes.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis allows the vehicle to maintain:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFactory airbox positioning\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOEM cold-air feeds\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFactory-style heat shielding\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOriginal engine-bay layout\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOEM-quality appearance\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor owners who want improved performance without dramatically altering the engine bay, this makes the MMX package particularly appealing.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOEM-Quality Fit \u0026amp; Finish\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX designed the three components to operate as one complete system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRather than mixing different intake products and connection types, the Ultimate S58 Intake Solution provides components developed to fit together correctly.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis helps provide:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eConsistent connection points\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eClean installation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOEM-style presentation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReduced fitment complexity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA more cohesive finished setup\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigh-Flow Cotton Panel Filters\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX Cotton Panel Filters replace the original paper filters while remaining inside the factory airboxes.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTheir reusable cotton construction provides a higher-flow alternative to the standard disposable filters.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBenefits include:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImproved airflow\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWashable and reusable design\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFactory airbox retention\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncreased induction sound\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStraightforward servicing\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePerformance Intake Pipes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX Performance Intake Pipes replace the corrugated factory intake sections between the airboxes and turbo inlet area.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCorrugated pipework can disturb airflow and increase turbulence.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe smoother MMX pipe design helps create a more consistent path for incoming air and complements the high-flow filters and turbo inlet elbows fitted elsewhere in the system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTurbo Inlet Elbows\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX Turbo Inlet Elbows upgrade the final section of the intake system immediately before the S58 turbochargers.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis is a particularly important area because any restriction close to the compressor inlet can affect how easily the turbocharger draws in air.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX elbows are designed to reduce this restriction and work directly with the matching intake pipes.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned to Work as One System\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe main advantage of purchasing the Ultimate S58 Intake Solution rather than separate intake components is integration.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe filters improve airflow entering the airboxes.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe intake pipes improve the route from the airboxes toward the turbochargers.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe turbo inlet elbows improve the final transition into the turbos.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEach component therefore addresses a different section of the same airflow path.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFuture-Proof Your S58 Build\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX Ultimate S58 Intake Solution is also a useful choice for owners planning further modifications.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEven if the vehicle is currently standard or lightly tuned, improving the intake path provides a strong foundation for future upgrades.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe system can complement modifications such as:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX Power Control Module\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eECU tuning\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePerformance exhaust systems\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUpgraded cooling\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigher boost levels\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFurther S58 engine upgrades\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor owners building the car progressively, installing the complete intake solution avoids needing to revisit individual sections later.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSuitable for Standard \u0026amp; Modified Cars\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe Ultimate S58 Intake Solution is suitable for a wide range of applications.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis includes:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStandard road cars\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFast-road builds\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStage 1 tuned cars\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStage 2 builds\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTrack-day vehicles\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigher-output S58 setups\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe benefits of reduced restriction become increasingly relevant as engine airflow demand rises.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUltimate Intake Solution vs Panel Filters Only\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX panel filters provide a simple entry-level intake upgrade.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThey improve filtration airflow while retaining the complete factory pipework and turbo inlet system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe Ultimate S58 Intake Solution goes much further by also replacing the intake pipes and turbo inlet elbows.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eChoose panel filters alone for a simple upgrade.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eChoose the Ultimate Intake Solution for a more complete improvement from airbox to turbocharger.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUltimate Intake Solution vs Intake Pipes Only\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX intake pipes improve the central section of the intake tract.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe Ultimate S58 package combines those pipes with higher-flow filters and upgraded turbo inlet elbows, addressing restrictions both before and after the pipework.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis makes it the more complete option for performance-focused builds.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUltimate Intake Solution vs Turbo Inlet Elbows Only\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTurbo inlet elbows improve airflow immediately before the turbochargers.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHowever, upstream restrictions remain if the factory filters and intake pipes are retained.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe Ultimate S58 Intake Solution combines all three areas into one matched system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBolt-On Installation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX Ultimate S58 Intake Solution is designed as a bolt-on upgrade.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe factory airboxes remain in position while the filters, intake pipes and turbo inlet sections are replaced with the MMX components.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNo major permanent vehicle modifications are required for compatible applications.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProfessional installation is recommended if you are unfamiliar with the S58 intake system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G87 M2\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX Ultimate S58 Intake Solution is compatible with the BMW G87 M2.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIt works particularly well as a supporting upgrade alongside the MMX Power Control Module or other S58 tuning solutions.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G80 \/ G81 M3\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe system is suitable for the BMW G80 M3 and G81 M3 Touring.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIt provides a complete intake-path upgrade while retaining the factory BMW airboxes.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G82 \/ G83 M4\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe BMW G82 M4 Coupe and G83 M4 Convertible are also supported.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor standard, fast-road or tuned M4 builds, the Ultimate S58 Intake Solution provides a complete pre-turbo airflow upgrade in one package.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for S58-powered BMW G8X M cars including:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G87 M2\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G80 M3\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G81 M3 Touring\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G82 M4\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G83 M4 Convertible\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePlease confirm exact vehicle specification before ordering.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat's Included?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX Ultimate S58 Intake Solution includes:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX Turbo Inlet Elbows – MMR11-1600\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX Performance Intake Pipes – MMR11-1601\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX Cotton Panel Filters – MMR01-1601\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAssociated hoses, adapters and installation hardware supplied with the individual components\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTogether, these form MMX’s complete bolt-on S58 intake package.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExplore More BMW G8X Performance Parts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLooking to develop your S58 further? Explore our range of BMW G8X engine and intake upgrades.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/g87-2023\"\u003eBMW G87 M2 Parts\u003c\/a\u003e – Shop intake, suspension, braking and performance upgrades for the BMW G87 M2.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/g8x-m3\"\u003eBMW G80 \/ G81 M3 Parts\u003c\/a\u003e – Explore performance products for the BMW G80 M3 and G81 M3 Touring.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/g82-m4-2021\"\u003eBMW G82 \/ G83 M4 Parts\u003c\/a\u003e – Browse engine, intake and chassis upgrades for the BMW G8X M4.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/mmx\"\u003eMMX Performance\u003c\/a\u003e – Explore MMX intake, engine, suspension and chassis upgrades.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/induction\"\u003eInduction\u003c\/a\u003e – Browse complete intake systems, panel filters, intake pipes and turbo inlet upgrades.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MMX","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53892623794513,"sku":"MMR11-1600-FK","price":997.22,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/MMX-BMW-G8x-Ultimate-Intake-Solution-MMX-177689369.webp?v=1779964766"},{"product_id":"mmx-g8x-turbo-inlet-elbows","title":"MMX G8X Turbo Inlet elbows","description":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX G8X Turbo Inlet Elbows – BMW G87 M2, G80\/G81 M3 \u0026amp; G82\/G83 M4\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImprove turbo airflow and response on your S58-powered BMW with the MMX G8X Turbo Inlet Elbows.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned specifically for the BMW G87 M2, G80\/G81 M3 and G82\/G83 M4, these high-flow turbo inlet elbows replace the more restrictive factory inlet sections with mandrel-bent aluminium components engineered to deliver a smoother, less turbulent airflow path into the turbochargers.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWith constant-diameter tubing, integrated velocity stacks and precision CNC-machined connections, the MMX inlet elbows are designed to improve turbo efficiency, throttle response and overall airflow while retaining OEM-quality fitment.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhy Upgrade the G8X Turbo Inlet Elbows?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe turbo inlet section is one of the most critical areas of the intake system because it sits immediately before the turbocharger compressor.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAny restriction or turbulence here can make it more difficult for the turbos to draw in the air they require.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX developed its inlet elbows to create a smoother and less restrictive route into the turbochargers, making them particularly worthwhile on modified S58 engines where airflow demand has increased.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKey Features\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX high-flow turbo inlet elbows\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for BMW G8X S58 applications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e70mm and 63mm outer diameter construction\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMandrel-bent 6062-T6 aluminium\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eConstant-diameter airflow path\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIntegrated velocity stack design\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCNC-machined components\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRobotically TIG welded\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned to reduce intake restriction\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImproved airflow into the turbochargers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSharper throttle response\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImproved turbo spool characteristics\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatible with OEM intake pipes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatible with MMX G8X Intake Pipe Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatible with many aftermarket intake systems\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDirect-fit bolt-on installation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX part number MMR11-1600\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigh-Flow Turbo Inlet Design\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX inlet elbows use a constant-diameter design to reduce the restrictions commonly found in the factory inlet path.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe two inlet sections use approximately:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e70mm outer diameter\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e63mm outer diameter\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis maintains a larger, smoother airflow route into the turbocharger openings.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor tuned S58 applications, reducing restriction near the compressor inlet becomes increasingly important as airflow requirements rise.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIntegrated Velocity Stacks\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEach MMX inlet incorporates a velocity stack at the turbo entry.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe purpose of the velocity stack is to guide incoming air more smoothly into the turbocharger, helping reduce turbulence and encourage a more uniform airflow profile.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis can support:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImproved turbo efficiency\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSharper spool characteristics\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBetter throttle response\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMore consistent airflow at higher demand\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX specifically highlights the velocity stack as part of the design used to maintain smooth, laminar airflow into the turbo.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eConstant-Diameter Tubing\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eChanges in pipe diameter and internal shape can disturb airflow.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX inlet elbows are designed to maintain a consistent internal path through to the turbocharger opening.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis helps eliminate unnecessary bottlenecks and provides a cleaner transition between the intake pipework and turbo.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003e6062-T6 Aluminium Construction\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe elbows are manufactured from mandrel-bent 6062-T6 aluminium.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis provides a strong, rigid and durable intake component while still allowing the smooth bends required for efficient airflow.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe manufacturing process combines:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCNC machining\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMandrel forming\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRobotic TIG welding\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eto deliver consistent fitment and strength.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for High-Boost Applications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBecause the inlet elbows are constructed from rigid aluminium rather than softer plastic pipework, they provide a durable solution for standard and modified S58 builds.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX components are designed to maintain their shape and integrity under the increased airflow demands associated with higher-boost applications.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImproved Turbo Spool \u0026amp; Response\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReducing restriction before the turbo can help the compressor receive air more efficiently.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX positions the inlet elbows as an upgrade that can improve:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTurbo spool characteristics\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThrottle response\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIntake efficiency\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOverall turbo performance\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe difference becomes increasingly relevant as the rest of the intake and engine setup is modified.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatible with Factory Intake Pipes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX Turbo Inlet Elbows can be used with the original BMW intake pipes.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis makes them suitable as a standalone upgrade for owners who want to improve the final section of the intake system without replacing the complete factory pipework.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatible with MMX Intake Pipe Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor a more complete S58 intake upgrade, the turbo inlet elbows can be combined with the MMX G8X Intake Pipe Kit.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe intake pipe kit replaces the factory corrugated plastic pipework with smooth constant-diameter aluminium pipes, while the inlet elbows upgrade the final section immediately before the turbochargers.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTogether, the two systems provide a much more comprehensive airflow upgrade.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePart of the MMX Ultimate Intake Solution\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX also includes these turbo inlet elbows as part of its Ultimate S58 Intake Solution.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThat package combines:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX Turbo Inlet Elbows\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX Intake Pipe Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX Cotton Panel Filters\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe complete setup is designed to improve airflow, turbo response and induction sound while retaining OEM-quality fitment.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatible with Aftermarket Intake Systems\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX inlet elbows are also compatible with many popular aftermarket intake systems.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis makes them a flexible upgrade for vehicles already fitted with non-standard airboxes, intake pipes or performance filters.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAlways confirm connection diameters and fitment with your specific intake setup before ordering.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStandard \u0026amp; Tuned S58 Applications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX G8X Turbo Inlet Elbows are suitable for both standard and modified vehicles.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThey are particularly well suited to:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStandard S58 engines\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStage 1 tuned cars\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStage 2 builds\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigher-boost applications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCars with upgraded intake pipes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCars with performance panel filters\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFast-road vehicles\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTrack-day cars\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAs power levels increase, improving the airflow path into the turbochargers becomes increasingly valuable.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTurbo Inlet Elbows vs Intake Pipes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe intake pipes and turbo inlet elbows upgrade different parts of the same system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX Intake Pipe Kit replaces the factory pipework between the airboxes and turbo inlet area.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX Turbo Inlet Elbows replace the final sections directly before the turbochargers.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor maximum improvement while retaining an OEM-style airbox arrangement, both components can be used together.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTurbo Inlet Elbows vs Panel Filters\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA performance panel filter improves airflow entering the factory airbox.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe inlet elbows focus on reducing restriction much further downstream, immediately before the turbochargers.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUsing both creates a more complete intake upgrade than either component alone.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHand-Finished MMX Appearance\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEach inlet is hand polished and finished with an anodised MMX appearance and laser-etched branding.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis gives the components a high-quality engine-bay finish in addition to their functional airflow benefits.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDirect-Fit Installation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX supplies the necessary hardware for a straightforward bolt-on installation.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNo permanent modifications are required for compatible applications.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProfessional installation is still recommended if you are unfamiliar with the S58 intake and turbo inlet system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G87 M2\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX Turbo Inlet Elbows are compatible with the BMW G87 M2 from 2023 onward.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor tuned or intake-modified G87 builds, they provide a useful way to reduce restriction close to the S58 turbochargers.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G80 \/ G81 M3\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe kit is compatible with the BMW G80 M3 and G81 M3 Touring.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBoth RWD and xDrive S58-powered M3 variants fall within the MMX G8X application range.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G82 \/ G83 M4\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe BMW G82 M4 Coupe and G83 M4 Convertible are also included in MMX's current G8X fitment.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor higher-output M4 builds, the inlet elbows can form part of a broader intake and tuning package.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for S58-powered BMW G8X M cars including:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G87 M2 – 2023+\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G80 M3 – 2021+\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G81 M3 Touring – 2021+\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G82 M4 – 2021+\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G83 M4 Convertible – 2021+\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX lists the product for all M-car variants within these chassis.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat's Included?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX G8X Turbo Inlet Elbow Kit includes:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e2x MMX high-flow turbo inlet elbows\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCNC-machined connection sections\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIntegrated velocity stacks\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRequired installation hardware\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSupplied as a complete pair for the S58 twin-turbo intake system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExplore More BMW G8X Performance Parts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLooking to improve your S58 intake system further? Explore our range of G8X performance upgrades.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/g87-2023\"\u003eBMW G87 M2 Parts\u003c\/a\u003e – Shop intake, suspension, braking and performance upgrades for the BMW G87 M2.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/g8x-m3\"\u003eBMW G80 \/ G81 M3 Parts\u003c\/a\u003e – Explore performance products for the G80 M3 and G81 M3 Touring.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/g82-m4-2021\"\u003eBMW G82 \/ G83 M4 Parts\u003c\/a\u003e – Browse intake and engine upgrades for the BMW G8X M4.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/mmx\"\u003eMMX Performance\u003c\/a\u003e – Explore MMX intake, engine, suspension and chassis products.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/induction\"\u003eInduction\u003c\/a\u003e – Browse intake pipes, turbo inlets, filters and complete induction systems.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MMX","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53892698145105,"sku":"MMR11-1600","price":359.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/MMX-G8X-Turbo-Inlet-elbows-MMX-177689732.webp?v=1779964890"},{"product_id":"mmx-g8x-bmw-front-control-arm-spherical-bushings","title":"MMX G8x BMW Front Control Arm Spherical Bushings","description":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX Front Control Arm Spherical Bushings – BMW G87 M2, G80\/G81 M3 \u0026amp; G82\/G83 M4\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSharpen the front-end response of your BMW G8X M car with the MMX Front Control Arm Spherical Bushings.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for the BMW G87 M2, G80\/G81 M3 and G82\/G83 M4, these motorsport-inspired spherical bushings replace the softer factory rubber control-arm bushes with a much more precise joint designed to reduce deflection under heavy braking and cornering.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBy helping maintain more consistent front wheel alignment under load, the MMX spherical bushings can improve steering response, turn-in precision, stability and tyre behaviour on both fast-road and track-focused builds.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhy Upgrade the G8X Front Control Arm Bushings?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe factory BMW rubber bushings are designed to provide a balance between performance, refinement and isolation.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUnder heavy braking and cornering loads, however, rubber can deflect.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThat movement can allow the front suspension geometry to change dynamically, particularly toe alignment.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX developed its spherical bushing upgrade to reduce this unwanted movement and provide a more direct connection between the control arm and chassis.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKey Features\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX front control arm spherical bushing kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for BMW G8X M cars\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReplaces the factory rubber control-arm bushings\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHelps reduce suspension deflection\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMaintains more consistent front wheel alignment under load\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImproves steering feedback\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSharper steering response\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMore precise turn-in\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImproved stability under heavy braking\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCan help maintain more consistent tyre temperatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHelps reduce tyre wear caused by unwanted toe change\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e7075 aluminium construction\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStainless-steel spacers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigh-strength spherical bearings\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSupplied as a pair\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e3D-printed installation press tool included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProfessional installation recommended\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX lists the kit under part number MMR45-1601.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReduced Suspension Deflection\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOne of the main limitations of a conventional rubber suspension bushing is deflection.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAs braking and cornering forces increase, the rubber can compress and move.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis can alter the position of the control arm and allow the wheel alignment to shift away from its static settings.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBy replacing the rubber joint with a spherical bearing, MMX substantially reduces this movement.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis allows the suspension geometry to remain more consistent when the chassis is heavily loaded.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMaintains Front Toe Under Load\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX specifically designed the bushings to help maintain front toe alignment during hard braking and cornering.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eToe changes at the front axle can affect:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSteering response\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStability\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTyre temperatures\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTurn-in behaviour\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTyre wear\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReducing unwanted movement can therefore make the front axle feel more predictable and connected.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSharper Steering Response\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRemoving compliance from the control-arm bushing creates a more direct relationship between steering input and front-wheel movement.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePotential benefits include:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFaster steering response\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSharper turn-in\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMore immediate front-end feedback\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImproved chassis connection\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eGreater confidence during direction changes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor performance-focused drivers, this can make the G8X front end feel noticeably more precise.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImproved Stability Under Braking\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHeavy braking places significant longitudinal load through the front suspension.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWith soft rubber bushings, this can cause the control arms to move relative to their static position.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX spherical bushings reduce this movement, helping keep the front wheels more accurately aligned during braking.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis can provide greater stability and consistency when braking hard into a corner.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImproved Tyre Performance\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMaintaining more stable geometry can also benefit tyre behaviour.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX highlights improved tyre life and more consistent tyre temperatures as potential benefits because the front toe is less likely to move dramatically under load.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis is especially useful for cars running:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePerformance road tyres\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSemi-slick tyres\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTrack-focused compounds\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAggressive alignment settings\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor track use, maintaining the intended geometry can help the tyre work more consistently throughout a session.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003e7075 Aluminium Construction\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX bushing housings are manufactured from anodised 7075 aluminium.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e7075 is a high-strength aluminium alloy commonly used where low weight and high mechanical strength are both important.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX combines these housings with stainless-steel spacers for durability in demanding road and track environments.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigh-Strength Spherical Bearing\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAt the centre of the assembly is a high-strength spherical bearing.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUnlike rubber, the bearing allows controlled articulation without the same level of elastic deflection.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis is what gives the suspension its more direct and precise behaviour.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX positions the bearing as a durable solution intended for long-term performance use.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSpherical Bushings vs OEM Rubber Bushings\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe factory rubber bushings prioritise:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRide refinement\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNoise isolation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eVibration reduction\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEveryday comfort\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX spherical bushings prioritise:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSteering precision\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eGeometry control\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReduced deflection\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStability under load\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePerformance feedback\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor a standard road car, the factory rubber setup provides excellent refinement.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor a modified fast-road or track-focused G8X, the additional precision of a spherical joint can be far more desirable.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRoad Use Considerations\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSpherical bearings remove much of the compliance provided by rubber.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAs a result, more road texture, noise and vibration can potentially be transmitted into the chassis.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis is an inherent trade-off of replacing compliant rubber bushings with a more rigid motorsport-style bearing.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor customers prioritising maximum refinement, the factory rubber bushings may remain more suitable.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor drivers prioritising steering precision and chassis response, the MMX upgrade offers a more focused solution.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIdeal for Fast-Road Builds\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX bushings can work particularly well on G8X cars already upgraded with:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLowering springs\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHeight-adjustable spring kits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCoilovers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWider tyres\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePerformance alignment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdjustable droplinks\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAnti-roll bar upgrades\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOnce the suspension becomes more performance focused, reducing control-arm deflection can help make better use of those additional upgrades.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTrack-Day Benefits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOn track, the front suspension is exposed to repeated high loads.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHard braking, kerb use and high lateral grip can all increase the movement seen in compliant bushings.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSpherical control-arm bushings help provide a more consistent platform for:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBraking\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTurn-in\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMid-corner stability\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTyre management\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRepeatable geometry\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThey are therefore particularly well suited to track-day and clubsport-oriented G8X builds.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWorks Well with Performance Geometry\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA carefully chosen alignment setup is only useful if the suspension can maintain that geometry under load.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor cars using:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncreased negative camber\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTrack-focused toe settings\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLower ride heights\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWider performance tyres\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ereducing bushing deflection helps preserve the intended alignment more effectively during aggressive driving.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProfessional Installation Required\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eInstallation requires removal of the original front control-arm bushings and pressing the new MMX components into place.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX states that a hydraulic press or fly press is required.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProfessional fitting is therefore strongly recommended.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eInstallation Tool Included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX includes a 3D-printed press tool with the kit.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis is designed to help protect the spherical bearing during installation and reduce the risk of damage while the assembly is pressed into place.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCorrect installation technique remains essential.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFour-Wheel Alignment Recommended\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA full alignment should be carried out after replacing suspension bushings.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe front suspension geometry should be checked and adjusted to suit the intended use of the car.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor track-focused builds, this is also an ideal opportunity to set:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFront toe\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCamber where adjustable\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRear geometry\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSteering wheel alignment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G87 M2\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe G87 M2 is included in MMX's official fitment for the spherical control-arm bushings.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor cars running wider tyres, lowered suspension or regular track use, reducing front suspension compliance can provide a noticeable improvement in steering precision.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G80 \/ G81 M3\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe bushings are suitable for the BMW G80 M3 and G81 M3 Touring.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBoth platforms benefit from strong front-end grip, and the spherical upgrade is designed to help preserve that geometry during hard braking and cornering.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G82 \/ G83 M4\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe BMW G82 M4 Coupe and G83 M4 Convertible are also supported.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor performance-oriented M4 builds, the reduction in front suspension movement can help produce a more direct, confidence-inspiring front axle.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for applicable BMW G8X M cars including:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G87 M2 – 2023+\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G80 M3 – 2021+\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G81 M3 Touring – 2021+\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G82 M4 – 2021+\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G83 M4 Convertible – 2021+\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX lists the product for all M-car variants within these chassis.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat's Included?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX Front Control Arm Spherical Bushing Kit includes:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e2x MMX spherical control-arm bushing assemblies\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e7075 aluminium housings\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStainless-steel spacers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigh-strength spherical bearings\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e3D-printed installation press tool\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSupplied as a pair.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExplore More BMW G8X Suspension Upgrades\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLooking to sharpen your G8X chassis further? Explore our range of suspension and handling products.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/g87-2023\"\u003eBMW G87 M2 Parts\u003c\/a\u003e – Shop suspension, chassis and performance upgrades for the BMW G87 M2.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/g8x-m3\"\u003eBMW G80 \/ G81 M3 Parts\u003c\/a\u003e – Explore handling upgrades for the G80 M3 and G81 M3 Touring.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/g82-m4-2021\"\u003eBMW G82 \/ G83 M4 Parts\u003c\/a\u003e – Browse suspension and chassis upgrades for the BMW G8X M4.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/mmx\"\u003eMMX Performance \u003c\/a\u003e– Explore MMX suspension, intake, drivetrain and performance products.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/suspension-arms-alingment\"\u003eSuspension Arms \u0026amp; Alignment\u003c\/a\u003e – Browse bushings, geometry components and suspension hardware for performance builds.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MMX","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53892812112209,"sku":"MMR45-1601","price":299.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/MMX-G8x-BMW-Front-Control-Arm-Spherical-Bushings-MMX-177691146.webp?v=1779965141"},{"product_id":"mmx-bmw-g8x-front-wheel-arch-clearance-kit-set-of-2-pcs","title":"MMX BMW G8x Front wheel arch clearance Kit (Set of 2 pcs)","description":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX BMW G8X Front Wheel Arch Clearance Kit – Set of 2\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncrease front wheel and tyre clearance on your modified BMW G8X M car with the MMX Front Wheel Arch Clearance Kit.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for the BMW G87 M2, G80\/G81 M3 and G82\/G83 M4, this kit replaces the restrictive vented section of the factory front arch liner with a slimmer aluminium grille, creating additional clearance for lowered suspension, wider tyres and wheel spacer setups.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe result is a simple, functional solution that helps prevent tyre contact with the original plastic vent fins while still maintaining airflow through the front bumper area and helping protect against road debris.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhy Fit the MMX Front Wheel Arch Clearance Kit?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe factory BMW G8X front arch liner includes a vented plastic section designed to allow air to escape from the front bumper.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOn a standard-height car with factory wheels and tyres, clearance is generally sufficient.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOnce the vehicle is modified with:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLowering springs\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHeight-adjustable springs\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCoilovers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWider tyres\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWider wheels\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWheel spacers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMore aggressive alignment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ethe gap between the tyre and the factory vent section can become significantly smaller.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUnder steering lock or suspension compression, the tyre may begin to contact the plastic fins.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX developed this replacement grille kit specifically to create more usable space in this area.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKey Features\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX front wheel arch clearance kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSupplied as a pair\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for BMW G8X M cars\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncreases tyre clearance inside the front wheel arch\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIdeal for lowered vehicles\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSuitable for wider wheel and tyre setups\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUseful for cars running wheel spacers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMaintains airflow through the front bumper\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHelps prevent debris entering the vent area\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLightweight aluminium construction\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDurable black powder-coated finish\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLaser-cut hexagonal grille design\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFour secure fixings per side\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSupplied with installation hardware\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX part number MMR45-1602\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMore Clearance for Lowered G8X Cars\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLowering the vehicle reduces the available space between the tyre and surrounding arch-liner components.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis becomes particularly relevant on G8X M cars running:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX lowering springs\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX Height Adjustable Spring Kits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKW HAS kits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCoilovers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAggressive track ride heights\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX clearance kit removes the bulky original vented plastic section and replaces it with a flatter aluminium grille.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis creates additional space where the tyre is most likely to make contact.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIdeal for Wider Tyres\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G8X owners often increase tyre width as part of a performance or track-focused setup.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA wider tyre can provide:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncreased mechanical grip\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImproved braking traction\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eGreater cornering performance\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBetter use of wider aftermarket wheels\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHowever, increasing tyre width also reduces clearance inside the wheel arch.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX Front Wheel Arch Clearance Kit helps recover some of that lost space by replacing one of the more restrictive factory liner sections.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUseful with Wheel Spacers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWheel spacers move the wheel outward relative to the hub.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAlthough this can improve stance and help achieve a desired wheel fitment, it can also change the path the tyre follows through the wheel arch during steering.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX specifically developed the clearance kit with modified setups such as wheel spacers in mind.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor cars combining lowering, larger tyres and spacers, the additional clearance can become particularly useful.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHelps Prevent Tyre Contact\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIf the tyre catches the original plastic vent fins, the fins can become damaged or broken.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX notes that damaged pieces may also create a risk of contact with the tyre or surrounding components such as the radiator area.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReplacing the original vent section with the MMX aluminium grille removes the protruding plastic fins and creates a cleaner, flatter surface.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMaintains Front Bumper Airflow\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe factory vented arch section is not simply decorative.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIt allows air to escape from the front bumper area.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRather than blocking this opening, the MMX replacement uses a laser-cut grille design that continues to allow airflow through the arch liner.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis means the increased clearance does not come at the expense of completely sealing the original vent path.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHelps Protect Against Debris\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe open hexagonal grille structure allows airflow while still creating a barrier between the wheel arch and the front bumper cavity.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis helps reduce the chance of larger debris passing directly through the opening.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor track and road cars alike, maintaining this balance between airflow and protection is important.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAluminium Construction\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX grilles are manufactured from lightweight aluminium.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis provides:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLow weight\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eGood durability\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eResistance to deformation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA thinner profile than the original plastic vent section\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSuitable strength for wheel-arch use\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAluminium construction also allows the grille to provide the additional clearance required without introducing unnecessary bulk.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBlack Powder-Coated Finish\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEach grille is finished in a durable black powder coating.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis gives the component a discreet OEM-style appearance once installed and helps protect the aluminium surface from:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRoad grime\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMoisture\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eGeneral underbody contamination\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStone and debris exposure\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe black finish helps the grille blend naturally into the existing wheel arch liner.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLaser-Cut Hexagonal Design\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX kit uses a laser-cut hexagonal grille pattern.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis provides a clean finish while maintaining an open area for airflow.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe design also gives the component a more purposeful motorsport-style appearance without making it overly visible once installed.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSecure Four-Point Mounting\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEach grille is secured using four fixings per side.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis provides a stable attachment to the remaining factory arch liner.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAll required MMX installation fixtures and fittings are supplied with the kit.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImportant – Cutting Is Required\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eInstallation requires modification of the original front wheel arch liner.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe factory vented section must be cut out and removed before the MMX grille can be installed.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis means the upgrade is not completely reversible without replacing the original arch liner.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor this reason, installation should be planned carefully before cutting.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProfessional Installation Recommended\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAlthough the kit itself is relatively straightforward, accurate cutting of the original arch liner is important.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProfessional installation is recommended if you are not comfortable modifying body trim or wheel arch components.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCorrect installation should include:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRemoving or accessing the front arch liner\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMarking the original vent section\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCarefully cutting the factory liner\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRemoving the vented section\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePositioning the MMX grille\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eInstalling the supplied fixings\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eChecking tyre clearance at full steering lock\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eChecking clearance through suspension travel\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIdeal for Track \u0026amp; Fast-Road G8X Builds\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX Front Wheel Arch Clearance Kit is particularly useful for:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLowered G87 M2 builds\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLowered G80\/G81 M3 models\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLowered G82\/G83 M4 models\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCars on height-adjustable spring kits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCoilover-equipped cars\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCars running wider front tyres\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCars using wheel spacers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTrack-day vehicles\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAggressive fast-road setups\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor heavily modified front wheel and suspension setups, every additional millimetre of usable clearance can help.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWorks Well with MMX Suspension Upgrades\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe clearance kit makes a natural supporting upgrade alongside MMX suspension products such as:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX Lowering Springs\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX Height Adjustable Lowering Springs\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX Adjustable Front Droplinks\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX suspension bush upgrades\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhen ride height and wheel fitment become more aggressive, addressing wheel-arch clearance at the same time can help prevent rubbing issues later.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWheel Clearance Considerations\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX kit creates additional clearance at the factory vent section, but it does not guarantee that every wheel and tyre combination will fit.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOverall clearance still depends on:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWheel width\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWheel offset\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTyre width\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTyre profile\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSpacer thickness\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRide height\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCamber\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSteering lock\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSuspension travel\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCars with aggressive fitments should still be checked carefully after installation.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G87 M2\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe G87 M2 is included in MMX's official application list.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe kit is particularly useful on G87 builds running wider front tyres, wheel spacers or reduced ride height, where the factory arch-liner vent can become a clearance limitation.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G80 \/ G81 M3\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe kit is also compatible with the BMW G80 M3 and G81 M3 Touring.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBoth platforms are commonly modified with wider wheel and tyre combinations, making increased inner arch clearance especially useful on performance-focused setups.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G82 \/ G83 M4\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe BMW G82 M4 Coupe and G83 M4 Convertible are also supported.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe same factory wheel-arch vent design can become restrictive once the car is lowered or fitted with more aggressive front wheel setups.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for applicable BMW G8X M cars including:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G87 M2 – 2023+\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G80 M3 – 2021+\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G81 M3 Touring – 2021+\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G82 M4 – 2021+\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G83 M4 Convertible – 2021+\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX lists the kit for all M-car variants within these chassis.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat's Included?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX BMW G8X Front Wheel Arch Clearance Kit includes:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e2x aluminium replacement wheel arch grilles\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eComplete fitting hardware\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFour mounting fixings per side\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSupplied as a pair for both front wheel arches.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExplore More BMW G8X Parts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLooking to improve clearance and chassis setup further? Explore our range of BMW G8X suspension and performance parts.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/g87-2023\"\u003eBMW G87 M2 Parts\u003c\/a\u003e – Shop suspension, handling and performance upgrades for the BMW G87 M2.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/g8x-m3\"\u003eBMW G80 \/ G81 M3 Parts\u003c\/a\u003e – Explore chassis and suspension upgrades for the G80 M3 and G81 M3 Touring.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/g82-m4-2021\"\u003eBMW G82 \/ G83 M4 Parts\u003c\/a\u003e – Browse performance and handling products for the BMW G8X M4.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/mmx\"\u003eMMX Performance\u003c\/a\u003e – Explore MMX suspension, chassis, intake and performance upgrades.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/suspension\"\u003eSuspension \u0026amp; Handling\u003c\/a\u003e – Browse lowering, geometry and chassis upgrades for performance cars.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MMX","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53892831740241,"sku":"MMR45-1602","price":179.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/MMX-BMW-G8x-Front-wheel-arch-clearance-Kit-_Set-of-2-pcs_-MMX-177692423.webp?v=1779965315"},{"product_id":"mmx-lowering-springs-bmw-g82-m4-g87-m2","title":"MMX Lowering Springs | BMW G82 M4 | G87 M2 |","description":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX Lowering Springs – BMW G82 M4 \u0026amp; G87 M2\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImprove the stance and handling of your BMW G82 M4 or G87 M2 with MMX Performance Lowering Springs.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDeveloped specifically for the latest-generation BMW M platform, the MMX spring kit lowers the vehicle's centre of gravity while retaining the factory dampers, providing a more purposeful stance and sharper chassis response without moving to a complete coilover suspension system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCarefully selected progressive spring rates are designed to improve handling while maintaining the ride quality required for road use, making these springs a strong option for daily-driven, fast-road and enthusiast-owned M cars.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhy Choose MMX Lowering Springs?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe factory G82 M4 and G87 M2 offer extremely capable chassis setups, but the standard ride height leaves noticeable wheel arch clearance and a relatively conservative stance.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX lowering springs reduce that ride height while retaining the original BMW damping system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePotential benefits include:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLower centre of gravity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReduced body roll\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSharper turn-in\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMore direct chassis response\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReduced wheel arch gap\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMore purposeful stance\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFactory damper retention\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRoad-friendly progressive spring rates\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX describes the kit as balancing improved dynamics and appearance without sacrificing ride quality.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKey Features\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX Performance lowering spring kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for BMW G82 M4 and G87 M2\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProgressive spring rates\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRetains factory dampers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImproved stance\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReduced centre of gravity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSharper turn-in\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReduced body movement\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for road and fast-road use\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSuitable for RWD and xDrive G82 M4 applications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX metallic grey finish\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDirect replacement spring upgrade\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G87 M2 Lowering\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor the BMW G87 M2, MMX specifies an approximate:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e30mm front drop\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e30mm rear drop\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis produces a substantial visual improvement while maintaining a balanced front-to-rear stance.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe reduction in ride height also lowers the vehicle's centre of gravity, helping the chassis feel more direct during changes of direction and harder cornering.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G82 M4 RWD Lowering\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor rear-wheel-drive G82 M4 and M4 Competition models, MMX specifies approximately:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e30mm front lowering\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e30mm rear lowering\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis provides an even reduction across both axles, helping remove the factory wheel arch gap and creating a more level overall stance.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G82 M4 xDrive Lowering\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor xDrive G82 M4 applications, MMX specifies approximately:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e25mm front lowering\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e20mm rear lowering\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe xDrive version uses application-specific spring tuning and lowering figures rather than simply sharing the RWD setup.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePlease select the correct version for your vehicle when ordering.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProgressive Spring Rates\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX uses progressive spring rates developed specifically around the G8X chassis.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA progressive spring does not operate at one fixed rate throughout its full travel.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDuring normal driving, the initial portion of the spring can retain greater compliance.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAs suspension load increases through harder cornering, braking or compression, the spring rate progressively increases to provide greater control.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis approach allows MMX to target improved handling without turning the car into an unnecessarily harsh road setup.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImproved Handling\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLowering the vehicle reduces its centre of gravity, which can help reduce the amount of body movement generated during cornering.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX describes the resulting chassis response as lighter, more direct and sharper on turn-in.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePotential handling improvements include:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReduced body roll\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSharper steering response\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMore direct turn-in\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImproved chassis confidence\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMore controlled weight transfer\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor road and fast-road use, these changes can make the M2 or M4 feel more responsive without replacing the factory dampers.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImproved Stance\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe visual improvement is one of the main reasons many G8X owners choose lowering springs.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReducing the factory wheel arch gap gives the G82 M4 and G87 M2 a more purposeful stance while retaining an OEM-style suspension layout.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX also designed the springs to reduce the factory rake and create a more balanced appearance between the front and rear of the vehicle.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRetains the Factory Dampers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUnlike coilovers, the MMX Lowering Spring Kit retains the original BMW dampers.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis makes the upgrade ideal for owners who are happy with the factory damping characteristics but want:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA lower ride height\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImproved stance\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSharper handling\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReduced body movement\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMinimal suspension complexity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhere factory adaptive damping is fitted, retaining the original dampers also means the OEM damper hardware remains in place.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX Lowering Springs vs Height Adjustable Springs\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX fixed lowering springs provide a predetermined ride-height reduction.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis makes them a simple option for owners who want a proven drop without needing to adjust the height after installation.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX Height Adjustable Spring Kit offers a wider adjustment range and allows the front and rear ride heights to be fine-tuned individually.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eChoose MMX Lowering Springs if you want:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSimpler installation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFixed ride height\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLower purchase cost\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFactory damper retention\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProven road-focused setup\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eChoose MMX Height Adjustable Springs if ride-height customisation is a priority.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX Lowering Springs vs Coilovers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA complete coilover system replaces the dampers as well as the springs and can provide much more suspension adjustment.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHowever, that extra flexibility isn't necessary for every vehicle.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX lowering springs are particularly well suited to owners who want:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImproved stance\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBetter road handling\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFactory damper retention\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLower cost than coilovers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLess setup complexity\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor predominantly road and fast-road use, they provide a straightforward suspension upgrade without moving to a fully adjustable system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned Around the Factory Dampers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSpring rate and damper tuning need to work together.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX specifically warns against going excessively low or overly stiff while retaining the factory dampers, as mismatched spring rates and reduced suspension travel can result in poor ride quality and uncontrolled movement.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX springs are therefore developed around the characteristics and available travel of the original BMW suspension.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIdeal for Road \u0026amp; Fast-Road Builds\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX Lowering Spring Kit is particularly suited to:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDaily-driven G87 M2 models\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G82 M4 road cars\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFast-road builds\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWeekend performance cars\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCars with upgraded wheels and tyres\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOwners wanting improved stance\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCars retaining factory dampers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMild track-day builds\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor dedicated track use where damping, ride height and geometry need significantly greater adjustment, a full coilover system may be more appropriate.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWheel \u0026amp; Tyre Fitment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLowering reduces the available clearance between the tyre, wheel arch and surrounding suspension components.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatibility can therefore depend on:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWheel width\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWheel offset\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTyre width\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTyre profile\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSpacer use\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAlignment settings\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCars using aggressive wheel fitments should have clearance checked after installation.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProfessional Installation \u0026amp; Alignment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProfessional installation is recommended.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAfter fitting lowering springs, the vehicle should receive a four-wheel alignment.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLowering can alter:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCamber\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eToe\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSteering geometry\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTyre contact characteristics\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCorrect alignment helps maintain predictable handling and minimise irregular tyre wear.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSuitable for applicable:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G87 M2 – 2023+\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G82 M4\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G82 M4 Competition\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G82 M4 RWD\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G82 M4 xDrive\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX lists the product under part number MMR08-1602, with the appropriate application selected for the vehicle.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePlease confirm the exact model and drivetrain configuration before ordering.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat's Included?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX Lowering Spring Kit includes the application-specific performance springs required for the vehicle.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe factory BMW dampers are retained.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExact spring specification and lowering amount vary according to the selected model and drivetrain.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExplore More BMW G8X Parts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLooking to improve your BMW M car further? Explore our range of suspension and handling upgrades.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/g87-2023\"\u003eBMW G87 M2 Parts\u003c\/a\u003e – Shop suspension, braking and performance upgrades for the BMW G87 M2.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/g82-m4-2021\"\u003eBMW G82 M4 Parts\u003c\/a\u003e – Explore suspension, handling and performance products for the BMW G82 M4.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/mmx\"\u003eMMX Performance\u003c\/a\u003e – Browse MMX suspension, intake and chassis upgrades.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/lowering-springs\"\u003eLowering Springs\u003c\/a\u003e – Explore fixed and height-adjustable lowering solutions for performance cars.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MMX","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53892851892561,"sku":"MMR08-1602","price":326.29,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/MMX-Lowering-Springs-_-BMW-G82-M4-_-G87-M2-_-MMX-177693017.webp?v=1779965508"},{"product_id":"mmx-g8x-intake-pipe-kit","title":"MMX G8X Intake Pipe Kit","description":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX G8X Intake Pipe Kit – BMW G87 M2, G80\/G81 M3 \u0026amp; G82\/G83 M4\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImprove airflow through the intake system of your S58-powered BMW with the MMX G8X Intake Pipe Kit.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for the BMW G87 M2, G80\/G81 M3 and G82\/G83 M4, the MMX intake pipe set replaces the restrictive factory corrugated plastic pipework with a smooth, constant-diameter aluminium design engineered to reduce turbulence and improve airflow to the turbo inlets.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe kit works with the original BMW airboxes and OEM turbo inlets, while also remaining compatible with MMX and many aftermarket intake components. This makes it a strong standalone upgrade or an ideal foundation for a more comprehensive S58 intake setup.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhy Upgrade the G8X Intake Pipes?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe factory BMW intake pipes use corrugated plastic sections that can create turbulence as air travels toward the turbochargers.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX replaces this arrangement with smoother, constant-diameter pipework designed to provide a more direct airflow path.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBy reducing changes in internal diameter and removing the corrugated factory sections, the MMX intake pipes are designed to improve intake efficiency and allow a greater volume of air to reach the turbo inlets.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKey Features\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX G8X Intake Pipe Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for S58-powered BMW G8X M cars\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eConstant-diameter aluminium intake pipes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e88mm outer diameter\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e84mm internal diameter\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReplaces restrictive factory corrugated intake pipework\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned to reduce intake turbulence\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImproved airflow to the turbo inlets\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eGloss-black stepped silicone hoses\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatible with factory BMW airboxes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatible with factory turbo inlets\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatible with MMX turbo inlet elbows\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSuitable with many aftermarket intake systems\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImproved throttle response\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEnhanced induction sound\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDirect-fit installation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNo permanent modifications required\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX part number MMR11-1601\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX lists the kit for G80, G81, G82, G83 and G87 S58 applications.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eConstant-Diameter Intake Pipe Design\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX G8X Intake Pipe Kit uses a constant-diameter design to provide a smoother path between the airboxes and turbo inlets.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe pipes measure approximately:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e88mm outer diameter\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e84mm internal diameter\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMaintaining a consistent internal cross-section helps reduce the abrupt changes in airflow associated with the original corrugated intake pipework.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReduced Intake Turbulence\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe factory plastic intake pipes use corrugated sections that can disturb airflow as it moves toward the turbocharger.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX's smoother aluminium construction is designed to reduce this turbulence and promote a more consistent airflow path.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA smoother intake tract can be particularly useful as engine airflow requirements increase through tuning or other performance modifications.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImproved Turbo Airflow\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe intake pipes deliver air directly toward the OEM turbo inlet system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBy reducing restriction close to the turbo elbows, MMX states that the system allows greater air volume to reach the turbochargers, contributing to sharper throttle response and improved turbo efficiency.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSharper Throttle Response\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReducing restriction in the intake tract can help the turbochargers respond more readily to changes in throttle demand.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX intake pipes are designed to improve the efficiency of the airflow path before the turbochargers, helping provide sharper throttle feedback.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis makes the kit a useful upgrade for both standard and tuned S58-powered cars.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEnhanced Induction Sound\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReplacing the factory corrugated plastic intake pipework can also increase the amount of induction and turbo sound audible from the engine bay.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX specifically highlights an increase in intake sound as one of the benefits of the kit.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBecause the factory airboxes can remain fitted, the change is generally more refined than replacing the entire intake with an open-filter system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAluminium Construction\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX pipes use aluminium construction rather than the factory plastic pipework.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis provides a rigid and durable intake path while allowing MMX to maintain the smooth internal profile required for improved airflow.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe result is a performance-focused upgrade with a clean, high-quality engine-bay appearance.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStepped Silicone Hoses\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigh-quality gloss-black silicone hoses are supplied with the kit.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThese use an internally stepped design to provide a smooth transition between the airbox and intake pipes.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis helps avoid abrupt internal changes that could otherwise introduce turbulence into the airflow path.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWorks with the Factory Airbox\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOne of the main advantages of the MMX system is that the original BMW airboxes can remain installed.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis allows owners to retain:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFactory airbox positioning\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOEM heat shielding\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOriginal intake ducting\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFactory-style engine-bay appearance\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe intake pipe set simply upgrades the pipework downstream of the airboxes.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatible with OEM Turbo Inlets\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe kit is designed to connect directly to the standard BMW turbo inlet system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor installation with OEM turbo elbows, the original BMW lip seals are transferred from the factory joiners into the MMX billet adapters.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis provides a direct-fit upgrade without requiring the turbo inlet elbows to be changed at the same time.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatible with MMX Turbo Inlet Elbows\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX intake pipes are also designed to work seamlessly with the MMX G8X Turbo Inlet Elbows.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis allows the intake system to be upgraded in stages.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOwners can begin with the intake pipe set and later add:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX Turbo Inlet Elbows\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX Cotton Panel Filters\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTogether, these components form the MMX Ultimate S58 Intake Solution.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAftermarket Intake Compatibility\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX designed the intake pipe kit to retain the same connection diameters required by the factory system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis allows it to work with the OEM airboxes or compatible aftermarket airboxes and turbo inlet systems using the appropriate connection sizes.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis makes the pipe kit particularly useful for owners planning future intake modifications.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStandard \u0026amp; Tuned S58 Applications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX G8X Intake Pipe Kit can be used on both standard and modified vehicles.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIt is particularly well suited to:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStandard S58 engines\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStage 1 tuned cars\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStage 2 builds\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCars with upgraded panel filters\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCars with upgraded turbo inlets\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFast-road vehicles\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTrack-day builds\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigher-airflow S58 setups\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAs power and airflow demand increase, reducing restrictions throughout the intake tract becomes increasingly valuable.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIntake Pipes vs Panel Filters\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAn upgraded panel filter improves airflow through the airbox itself.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX intake pipe kit addresses another section of the system by replacing the pipework between the airboxes and turbo inlets.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor a more complete intake upgrade, both components can be used together.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIntake Pipes vs Turbo Inlet Elbows\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe intake pipes and turbo inlet elbows perform related but separate roles.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX Intake Pipe Kit replaces the factory corrugated pipework leading toward the turbochargers.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX Turbo Inlet Elbows replace the final inlet sections immediately before the turbos.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor maximum airflow improvement while retaining factory-style airboxes, combining both provides a more comprehensive solution.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePart of the MMX Ultimate S58 Intake Solution\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX also offers an Ultimate Intake Solution combining:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX Intake Pipe Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX Turbo Inlet Elbows\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX Cotton Panel Filters\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe complete package is designed to improve airflow throughout the S58 intake system while retaining OEM-quality fitment.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis makes the standalone pipe set an ideal upgrade for customers who want to build the complete intake system progressively.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eInstallation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX intake pipe kit is designed as a direct-fit, plug-and-play installation.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe kit comes pre-sealed with billet joiners.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhen using the factory turbo elbows:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTransfer the OEM lip seals from the factory joiners to the MMX billet adapters\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTransfer the OEM C-clips from the original components\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhen using compatible aftermarket turbo inlets, the pre-installed O-rings on the MMX billet adapters are used instead.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNo permanent vehicle modifications are required.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G87 M2\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX Intake Pipe Kit is compatible with the S58-powered BMW G87 M2.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIt provides a useful intake upgrade for both standard cars and modified builds while retaining the original airboxes if desired.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G80 \/ G81 M3\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe kit is suitable for BMW G80 M3 and G81 M3 Touring models equipped with the S58 engine.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIt can be used as a standalone intake improvement or combined with additional MMX components for a more extensive upgrade.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G82 \/ G83 M4\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe BMW G82 M4 Coupe and G83 M4 Convertible are also included in MMX's official application list.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe same smooth, constant-diameter intake design replaces the factory corrugated pipework across the G8X M4 range.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for S58-powered BMW G8X M cars including:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G87 M2 – 2023+\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G80 M3 – 2021+\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G81 M3 Touring – 2021+\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G82 M4 – 2021+\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G83 M4 Convertible – 2021+\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX lists the kit for all M-Car variants within these applications.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePlease confirm exact vehicle specification before ordering.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat's Included?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX G8X Intake Pipe Kit includes:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX constant-diameter aluminium intake pipes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eGloss-black stepped silicone hoses\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBillet connection adapters\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePre-installed O-rings for applicable aftermarket turbo inlet installations\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRequired MMX-specific connection hardware\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOEM lip seals and C-clips are transferred from the factory intake components where required.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExplore More BMW G8X Performance Parts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLooking to improve your S58 intake system further? Explore our range of BMW G8X performance upgrades.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/g87-2023\"\u003eBMW G87 M2 Parts\u003c\/a\u003e – Shop intake, suspension, braking and performance upgrades for the BMW G87 M2.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/g8x-m3\"\u003eBMW G80 \/ G81 M3 Parts \u003c\/a\u003e– Explore performance upgrades for the G80 M3 and G81 M3 Touring.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/g82-m4-2021\"\u003eBMW G82 \/ G83 M4 Parts\u003c\/a\u003e – Browse intake and performance products for the G8X M4 platform.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/mmx\"\u003eMMX Performance\u003c\/a\u003e – Explore MMX intake, engine, suspension and chassis upgrades.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/induction\"\u003eInduction\u003c\/a\u003e – Browse performance filters, intake systems, intake pipes and turbo inlet upgrades.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MMX","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53892924277073,"sku":"MMR11-1601","price":479.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/MMX-G8X-Intake-Pipe-Kit-MMX-177693657.webp?v=1779965690"},{"product_id":"mmx-g8x-drive-shaft-heat-shield-pair","title":"MMX G8x Drive Shaft Heat Shield (Pair)","description":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX Driveshaft Heat Shield Pair – BMW G87 M2, G80\/G81 M3 \u0026amp; G82\/G83 M4\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProtect the rear drivetrain of your BMW G8X M car from excessive exhaust heat with the MMX Driveshaft Heat Shield Kit.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for the BMW G87 M2, G80\/G81 M3 and G82\/G83 M4, these precision-made heat shields sit between the exhaust system and the rear driveshaft CV boots, helping reduce radiant heat exposure and protect the surrounding drivetrain components.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis is a particularly worthwhile upgrade for track-driven cars, higher-powered builds and vehicles fitted with aftermarket exhaust systems, where additional heat can accelerate deterioration of the factory rubber CV boots.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhy Fit Driveshaft Heat Shields to Your G8X?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUnder demanding use, the area around the rear differential and driveshafts can become extremely hot.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX highlights the factory CV boots on G8X M cars as being vulnerable to cracking and premature failure when subjected to prolonged high temperatures, particularly during hard track use or with aftermarket exhaust systems fitted.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHeat damage to the CV boots can eventually contribute to:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCracked rubber gaiters\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eGrease leaks\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eContamination of the CV joint\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAccelerated CV joint wear\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncreased drivetrain maintenance\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePotential driveline problems\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX shields provide a physical thermal barrier between the exhaust and these sensitive components.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKey Features\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePair of MMX driveshaft heat shields\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for BMW G8X M cars\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHelps protect rear CV boots from radiant exhaust heat\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eParticularly useful for track-driven vehicles\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSuitable with factory and aftermarket exhaust systems\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLightweight aluminium construction\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eT6-6062 aluminium\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePolished and anodised gloss-black finish\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHelps reduce heat-related deterioration\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSimple bolt-on installation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNo permanent vehicle modification required\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFully reversible\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eInstallation typically around 15–30 minutes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAll necessary fitting hardware included\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX lists the product under SKU MMR55-1607.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProtects the Rear CV Boots\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe main purpose of the MMX heat shields is to reduce the amount of radiant exhaust heat reaching the driveshaft CV boots.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThese rubber gaiters contain the lubricant required by the CV joints and help keep dirt and contamination away from the joint itself.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIf excessive heat causes the rubber to harden or crack, grease can escape and contamination can enter.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReducing heat exposure can therefore help protect both the boot and the more expensive drivetrain components behind it.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eParticularly Useful for Track Cars\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTrack driving subjects the rear drivetrain and exhaust system to much higher sustained temperatures than normal road use.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRepeated full-load acceleration, high engine temperatures and limited cooling periods can significantly increase the amount of heat radiated into the surrounding area.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor G8X cars used for:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTrack days\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTime Attack\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFast-road driving\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMotorsport\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigh-power builds\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRepeated hard use\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ethe MMX heat shields provide an additional layer of protection for the rear driveshaft components.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIdeal with Aftermarket Exhaust Systems\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAftermarket exhaust systems can alter the amount and location of heat around the drivetrain.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX specifically notes that increased exhaust heat can contribute to premature deterioration of the factory CV boots.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis makes the shields especially worthwhile on cars fitted with:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAftermarket rear exhaust sections\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePerformance mid-pipes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigher-flow exhaust systems\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eModified downpipe\/exhaust configurations\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIncreased engine output\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEven cars retaining the original exhaust can benefit where they see sustained track use.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eT6-6062 Aluminium Construction\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX manufactures the heat shields from T6-6062 aluminium.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis provides a strong balance between low weight, durability and thermal protection.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe material acts as a barrier between the hot exhaust system and the CV boots, helping deflect radiant heat away from sensitive rubber components.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePolished \u0026amp; Anodised Finish\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe shields feature MMX's polished and anodised gloss-black finish.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis gives the components a clean, OEM-style appearance while adding surface protection suitable for use beneath the vehicle.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAlthough they are primarily a functional component, the finish also helps them integrate neatly with the rest of the G8X underbody.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCost-Effective Drivetrain Protection\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHeat-related CV boot failure can become an expensive problem if it is not caught early.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOnce grease escapes from the boot, the CV joint can suffer accelerated wear and may eventually require more extensive repair.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX positions the heat shield kit as a substantially more cost-effective preventative solution than replacing complete rear driveshaft assemblies.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW has acknowledged the high-temperature demands placed on the rear output shaft gaiters during extreme track operation on G80, G81, G82, G83 and G87 models, with more temperature-resistant CS\/CSL driveshafts being one possible repair route in certain situations.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX shields aim to address the source of the heat exposure without the cost of replacing the driveshaft assemblies.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFactory or Aftermarket Exhaust Compatibility\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX heat shields can be used with both standard and aftermarket exhaust setups.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis makes them suitable for:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStandard road cars\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eModified fast-road cars\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTrack-day builds\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCars with upgraded exhausts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigher-powered G8X models\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor heavily modified vehicles, the shields are a simple supporting upgrade that can help protect components subjected to higher thermal loads.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEasy Installation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX states that installation can typically be completed in approximately 15–30 minutes.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe shields are designed as a straightforward bolt-on upgrade and can be fitted with the vehicle raised on:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA workshop lift\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSuitable axle stands\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNo permanent modifications are required and the installation is fully reversible.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNo Permanent Vehicle Modification\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe kit does not require cutting, welding or permanent alteration to the vehicle.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis makes it suitable for owners who want additional protection without modifying the structure of the car.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe original configuration can be restored later if required.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIdeal Preventative Upgrade\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe best time to protect the CV boots is before heat damage occurs.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor owners regularly tracking their G8X, the MMX heat shields can be treated as a preventative durability upgrade alongside other track-preparation items such as:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigh-temperature brake fluid\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePerformance brake pads\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOil cooling upgrades\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDifferential servicing\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBrake cooling\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRegular suspension inspection\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIt is a relatively simple component that addresses a specific high-temperature issue in a vulnerable area of the drivetrain.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G87 M2\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe G87 M2 uses the same S58-powered G8X performance architecture and is included in MMX's fitment for the heat shield kit.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor G87 M2 owners running aftermarket exhausts or regular circuit use, the shields provide an additional layer of rear drivetrain protection.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G80 \/ G81 M3\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe kit is compatible with the BMW G80 M3 and G81 M3 Touring.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBoth models can generate substantial exhaust and drivetrain temperatures during hard use, making the shields a particularly useful consideration for track-focused builds.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G82 \/ G83 M4\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe BMW G82 M4 Coupe and G83 M4 Convertible are also included in the official MMX fitment.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe shields offer the same CV boot protection for both factory and modified M4 setups.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for BMW G8X M cars including:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G87 M2 – 2023+\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G80 M3 – 2021+\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G81 M3 Touring – 2021+\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G82 M4 – 2021+\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G83 M4 Convertible – 2021+\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX lists the application for all M-car variants with the S58 engine.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePlease confirm your exact vehicle specification before ordering.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat's Included?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX Driveshaft Heat Shield Kit includes:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003e2x MMX driveshaft \/ CV boot heat shields\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRequired mounting hardware\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSupplied as a complete pair for the rear drivetrain.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExplore More BMW G8X Parts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLooking to protect and improve your G8X further? Explore our range of performance, chassis and drivetrain upgrades.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/g87-2023\"\u003eBMW G87 M2 Parts\u003c\/a\u003e – Shop performance, suspension and drivetrain upgrades for the BMW G87 M2.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/g8x-m3\"\u003eBMW G80 \/ G81 M3 Parts\u003c\/a\u003e – Explore upgrades for the BMW G80 M3 and G81 M3 Touring.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/g82-m4-2021\"\u003eBMW G82 \/ G83 M4 Parts\u003c\/a\u003e – Browse performance and chassis products for the BMW G8X M4.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/mmx\"\u003eMMX Performance\u003c\/a\u003e – Explore MMX intake, suspension, drivetrain and performance upgrades.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MMX","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53892973330769,"sku":"MMR55-1607","price":215.98,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/MMX-G8x-Drive-Shaft-Heat-Shield-_Pair_-MMX-177694286.webp?v=1779966018"},{"product_id":"mmx-adjustable-front-droplinks-bmw-g8x","title":"MMX Adjustable Front Droplinks | BMW G8x","description":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX Adjustable Front Droplinks – BMW G8X M2, M3 \u0026amp; M4\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUpgrade the front anti-roll bar setup of your BMW G8X M car with MMX Adjustable Front Droplinks.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for the BMW G87 M2, G80\/G81 M3 and G82\/G83 M4 platform, these adjustable front drop links are ideal for lowered cars, height-adjustable spring setups and coilover-equipped vehicles where the factory fixed-length links may no longer operate at the optimum angle.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBy allowing the effective link length to be adjusted, the MMX droplinks help correctly position the anti-roll bar after ride-height changes and can reduce unwanted preload within the front suspension.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhy Upgrade Your G8X Front Droplinks?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhen a vehicle is lowered, the relationship between the suspension and anti-roll bar changes.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe factory droplinks are designed around the original BMW ride height, so significant lowering can alter the position of the anti-roll bar and potentially introduce preload into the system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdjustable droplinks allow the link length to be tailored around the new suspension height.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis makes them particularly useful alongside:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLowering springs\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHeight-adjustable lowering springs\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCoilovers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePerformance anti-roll bars\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTrack-focused suspension setups\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAggressive wheel alignment configurations\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKey Features\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdjustable front anti-roll bar droplinks\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for BMW G8X M cars\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSuitable for lowered vehicles\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIdeal for coilover-equipped cars\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUseful alongside height-adjustable spring kits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAllows anti-roll bar position to be corrected\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHelps reduce unwanted anti-roll bar preload\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAllows suspension setup to be fine-tuned\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePerformance-focused chassis upgrade\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSuitable for fast-road and track builds\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDirect replacement for compatible factory front links\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCorrect Anti-Roll Bar Geometry After Lowering\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLowering the vehicle changes the resting position of the suspension.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBecause the factory front droplinks have a fixed length, the anti-roll bar can be forced into a position different from the one BMW originally designed around.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAn adjustable droplink allows the effective length to be altered after installation.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis can help return the anti-roll bar to a more appropriate neutral position at the new ride height.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHelps Reduce Anti-Roll Bar Preload\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePreload occurs when the anti-roll bar is already being twisted while the car is sitting at rest.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis can happen when:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRide height has been significantly altered\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLeft and right ride heights differ\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCoilovers have been corner weighted\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFixed-length links no longer suit the suspension position\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdjustable droplinks allow the system to be set so the anti-roll bar sits with minimal unwanted preload when the vehicle is at its intended ride height.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor track-focused builds, this can be particularly useful when fine-tuning suspension behaviour.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIdeal for Height Adjustable Spring Kits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX Adjustable Front Droplinks make a natural companion to height-adjustable spring systems.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhen the ride height is altered using an HAS kit, adjustable droplinks allow the anti-roll bar setup to be corrected around that final height.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis is particularly useful for G8X owners using:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX Height Adjustable Lowering Springs\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKW Height Adjustable Spring Kits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOther compatible height-adjustable spring systems\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe suspension height and anti-roll bar position can then be developed together rather than treating them as separate components.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIdeal for Coilover Setups\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdjustable droplinks are also useful for BMW G8X cars running coilovers.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA coilover system can provide a much wider range of ride-height adjustment than the factory suspension.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOnce the desired ride height has been set, adjustable droplinks allow the front anti-roll bar connection to be tuned accordingly.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor more advanced track builds, this becomes increasingly useful when corner weighting and chassis setup are also being carried out.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAnti-Roll Bar Function\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe anti-roll bar connects the left and right sides of the suspension and helps resist body roll during cornering.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe droplinks provide the mechanical connection between the suspension and anti-roll bar.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTheir position and length therefore affect how the anti-roll bar sits relative to the rest of the suspension.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdjustable links give the installer more control over this relationship.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFast-Road Benefits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOn a performance road car, correctly configured droplinks can help the suspension operate more naturally after lowering.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePotential benefits can include:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMore consistent front suspension behaviour\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReduced unwanted anti-roll bar preload\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImproved response after ride-height changes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBetter integration with aftermarket suspension\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMore predictable chassis behaviour\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThey are particularly worthwhile when the car has already received significant suspension modifications.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTrack-Day \u0026amp; Motorsport Use\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor track-focused G8X builds, adjustable droplinks offer additional suspension tuning flexibility.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThey can be particularly useful when the vehicle is running:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCoilovers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCorner weighting\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAggressive alignment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUprated anti-roll bars\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSemi-slick tyres\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHeight-adjustable spring kits\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCorrectly setting the anti-roll bar can form part of a more complete chassis setup alongside ride height, damping and geometry.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdjustable Droplinks vs Factory Droplinks\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe original BMW droplinks use a fixed length.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis is perfectly suitable at standard ride height, but provides no adjustment once suspension geometry has been altered.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX Adjustable Front Droplinks allow the length to be changed to suit the modified suspension setup.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor a standard-height road car, this adjustability may offer limited benefit.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor lowered, corner-weighted or track-focused cars, however, the additional setup flexibility can be valuable.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWorks with Factory or Upgraded Anti-Roll Bars\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX links can be used as part of a suspension setup retaining the standard BMW front anti-roll bar or alongside compatible aftermarket anti-roll bar upgrades.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhen fitting an uprated anti-roll bar, adjustable droplinks can also help ensure the bar is installed without unwanted preload.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProfessional Setup Recommended\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProfessional installation is recommended.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe droplinks should ideally be adjusted with the vehicle sitting at its intended ride height and suspension load.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor more performance-focused setups, this may be carried out during:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFour-wheel alignment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCorner weighting\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCoilover setup\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAnti-roll bar installation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCorrect adjustment is important to get the benefit of the adjustable design.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAlignment \u0026amp; Corner Weighting\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDroplink adjustment itself does not replace a wheel alignment.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIf the vehicle has also been lowered, a full four-wheel alignment should be carried out.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor dedicated track builds, corner weighting can further improve the overall suspension setup.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdjustable droplinks are particularly useful in this situation because they allow the anti-roll bar to be connected after the vehicle's final corner weights and ride heights have been established.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for applicable BMW G8X M cars, including:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G87 M2\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G80 M3\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G81 M3 Touring\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G82 M4\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G83 M4 Convertible\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX currently lists its Adjustable Front Droplinks within both the G8X and G87 product ranges.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePlease confirm exact vehicle specification before ordering.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIdeal For\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX Adjustable Front Droplinks are particularly suited to:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLowered BMW G8X M cars\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eG87 M2 builds\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eG80\/G81 M3 builds\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eG82\/G83 M4 builds\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHeight-adjustable spring setups\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCoilover-equipped vehicles\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFast-road cars\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTrack-day vehicles\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCorner-weighted suspension setups\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCars with upgraded anti-roll bars\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat's Included?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSupplied as a pair of MMX adjustable front droplinks for the compatible BMW G8X application.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExact supplied hardware should be confirmed against the selected product application.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExplore More BMW G8X Parts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLooking to improve your G8X chassis further? Explore our range of suspension and handling upgrades.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/g87-2023\"\u003eBMW G87 M2 Parts\u003c\/a\u003e – Shop suspension, handling and performance upgrades for the BMW G87 M2.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/g8x-m3\"\u003eBMW G80 \/ G81 M3 Parts\u003c\/a\u003e – Explore chassis and suspension upgrades for the G80 M3 and G81 M3 Touring.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/g82-m4-2021\"\u003eBMW G82 \/ G83 M4 Parts\u003c\/a\u003e – Browse performance and handling upgrades for the G8X M4 platform.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/mmx\"\u003eMMX Performance\u003c\/a\u003e – Explore MMX suspension, chassis and performance products.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/suspension-arms-alingment\"\u003eSuspension Arms \u0026amp; Alignment\u003c\/a\u003e – Browse adjustable suspension and geometry components.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MMX","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53893498863953,"sku":"MMR24-1505","price":218.4,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/MMX-Adjustable-Front-Droplinks-_-BMW-G8x-MMX-177696035.webp?v=1779968576"},{"product_id":"mmx-height-adjustable-lowering-springs-bmw-g8x","title":"MMX Height adjustable lowering springs | BMW G8x","description":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX Height Adjustable Lowering Springs – BMW G8X M2, M3 \u0026amp; M4\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTransform the stance and handling of your BMW G8X M car with the MMX Height Adjustable Lowering Spring Kit.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for the BMW G80\/G81 M3, G82\/G83 M4 and G87 M2, this height-adjustable spring system gives you far more control over ride height than conventional lowering springs while retaining the sophisticated factory Adaptive M dampers. The kit is compatible with both rear-wheel-drive and xDrive variants.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWith an adjustable lowering range of approximately 20–45mm at the front and 10–35mm at the rear, the MMX HAS kit allows the stance and rake of the car to be fine-tuned to suit your preferred setup.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhy Choose MMX Height Adjustable Lowering Springs?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eConventional lowering springs normally provide a fixed reduction in ride height.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX Height Adjustable Spring Kit takes a different approach by combining progressive-rate sport springs with adjustable spring platforms.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis allows the vehicle height to be altered after installation, giving you greater flexibility over:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFront ride height\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRear ride height\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eVehicle rake\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWheel-to-arch gap\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOverall stance\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor owners who want adjustability without replacing the factory dampers with a complete coilover system, this provides an excellent middle ground.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKey Features\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX Height Adjustable Lowering Spring Kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for BMW G8X M cars\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eApprox. 20–45mm front lowering range\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eApprox. 10–35mm rear lowering range\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRetains factory Adaptive M dampers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProgressive-rate sport springs\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdjustable front and rear spring platforms\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRWD compatible\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003exDrive compatible\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNo permanent vehicle modifications required\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCan be returned to standard\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDeveloped specifically for the BMW G-Series M platform\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eComplete installation kit\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe official MMX application covers G80, G81, G82, G83 and G87 chassis.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdjustable Ride Height\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe biggest advantage of the MMX HAS kit over conventional lowering springs is the ability to fine-tune the vehicle height.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFour adjustable spring perches are used beneath the sport springs, allowing the ride height to be changed by moving the threaded platforms up or down.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis provides a lowering range of approximately:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFront: 20–45mm\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRear: 10–35mm\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ecompared with the standard vehicle ride height.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis gives owners much greater freedom to balance appearance, suspension travel and wheel clearance.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFine-Tune the Stance of Your G8X\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe adjustable design means you are not locked into one fixed drop.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eYou can tailor the setup around:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWheel size\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWheel offset\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTyre size\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesired arch gap\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFront-to-rear rake\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDaily driving requirements\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePerformance setup\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis is particularly useful on G8X cars where wheel and tyre configurations can vary considerably between road, fast-road and track-focused builds.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRetains the Factory Adaptive M Dampers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOne of the biggest reasons to choose a height-adjustable spring kit over coilovers is that the original Adaptive M dampers remain in place.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX specifically designed the kit to work with the factory damping characteristics of the G8X suspension.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis means you retain the vehicle's original electronically controlled damping functionality while gaining adjustable lowering.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor owners who are happy with BMW's adaptive damper system but want a lower stance and sharper chassis response, this is a particularly attractive solution.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProgressive-Rate Sport Springs\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX kit uses progressive-rate sport springs developed to work with the factory M2, M3 and M4 dampers.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA progressive spring changes its effective spring rate as it is compressed.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis allows the suspension to remain more compliant during normal driving while increasing control as suspension load rises during harder cornering and braking.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX states that the rates have been selected specifically around the characteristics of the factory G8X suspension.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImproved Chassis Response\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLowering the vehicle reduces its centre of gravity and changes the way weight transfers through the chassis.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCombined with the progressive-rate springs, the MMX HAS kit is designed to provide a more direct and responsive feel during performance driving.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePotential benefits include:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSharper turn-in\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReduced body movement\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMore direct steering response\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImproved chassis confidence\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMore controlled weight transfer\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe factory adaptive dampers remain responsible for the damping characteristics, so the vehicle retains much of its original usability.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHAS vs Conventional Lowering Springs\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA traditional lowering spring kit provides a predetermined drop.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis works well for owners who know exactly how low they want the car, but there is little room for adjustment after installation.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX Height Adjustable Spring Kit allows the vehicle height to be altered within its supported range.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis gives you greater flexibility if:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eYou change wheels\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eYou change tyre sizes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe initial stance is too low or too high\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eYou want to alter front-to-rear rake\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eYou want additional clearance for road use\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor enthusiasts who care about both stance and suspension setup, the adjustability is a major advantage.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHAS vs Coilovers\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA height-adjustable spring kit provides some of the ride-height flexibility associated with coilovers while retaining the original dampers.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis makes the MMX HAS kit an attractive option for owners who want:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdjustable lowering\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFactory adaptive damper functionality\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA more straightforward suspension upgrade\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLess complexity than a full coilover conversion\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA complete coilover system may offer greater control over damping and spring rates, but it also replaces more of the factory suspension.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor many road and fast-road G8X builds, retaining the Adaptive M dampers is a significant advantage.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRWD \u0026amp; xDrive Compatibility\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX G8X Height Adjustable Lowering Spring Kit is compatible with both rear-wheel-drive and xDrive applications.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis makes it suitable for a broad range of G8X M-car configurations.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAlways confirm the exact vehicle application before ordering.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G87 M2\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe G87 M2 responds particularly well to suspension and stance upgrades.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX HAS kit provides adjustable lowering while retaining the factory adaptive damping system, making it a strong option for drivers who want a lower, more purposeful stance without moving to full coilovers.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G80 \/ G81 M3\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe kit is suitable for applicable G80 M3 and G81 M3 Touring models.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor owners running larger wheels or aggressive fitments, the adjustable ride height provides useful flexibility when balancing appearance and usable suspension travel.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G82 \/ G83 M4\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eApplicable G82 M4 Coupe and G83 M4 Convertible models can also use the MMX HAS system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe adjustable setup allows the large G8X M4 body to sit lower while retaining the factory adaptive dampers and OEM-style electronic suspension functionality.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNo Permanent Modifications Required\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX states that the kit installs without permanent modification and can be returned to standard if required.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis is useful for owners who may want to restore the vehicle to factory specification in the future.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProfessional Installation \u0026amp; Alignment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProfessional installation is recommended.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAfter altering suspension ride height, a full four-wheel alignment should be carried out.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLowering can alter:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCamber\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eToe\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSteering geometry\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTyre contact characteristics\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCorrect alignment is essential for tyre wear, handling and stability.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor performance-focused builds, a more tailored geometry setup can also help make better use of the upgraded suspension.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for applicable BMW G8X M cars including:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G87 M2\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G80 M3\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G81 M3 Touring\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G82 M4\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G83 M4 Convertible\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatible with RWD and xDrive variants.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX lists the kit under SKU MMR08-1603.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePlease confirm exact vehicle specification before ordering.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat's Included?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX Height Adjustable Lowering Spring Kit is supplied as a complete application-specific package including:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eProgressive-rate sport springs\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAdjustable spring platforms\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFront ride-height adjustment components\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRear ride-height adjustment components\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eVehicle-specific installation hardware\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExact contents may vary according to application.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExplore More BMW G8X Parts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLooking to upgrade your BMW M car further? Explore our range of suspension, handling and performance products.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/g87-2023\"\u003eBMW G87 M2 Parts\u003c\/a\u003e – Shop performance, suspension and chassis upgrades for the BMW G87 M2.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/g8x-m3\"\u003eBMW G80 \/ G81 M3 Parts\u003c\/a\u003e – Explore performance and handling upgrades for the G80 M3 and G81 M3 Touring.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/g82-m4-2021\"\u003eBMW G82 \/ G83 M4 Parts\u003c\/a\u003e – Browse suspension, performance and chassis upgrades for the G8X M4 platform.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/mmx\"\u003eMMX Performance\u003c\/a\u003e – Explore MMX BMW performance, suspension and chassis upgrades.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/lowering-springs\"\u003eLowering Springs\u003c\/a\u003e – Browse lowering spring and height-adjustable spring solutions for performance cars.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MMX","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53893500895569,"sku":"MMR08-1603","price":887.03,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/MMX-Height-adjustable-lowering-springs-_-BMW-G8x-MMX-177696611.webp?v=1779968652"},{"product_id":"mmx-cotton-panel-air-filter-bmw-g8x-m2-m3-m4","title":"MMX Cotton panel air filter | BMW G8x | M2 | M3 | M4","description":"\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX Cotton Panel Air Filter – BMW G8X M2, M3 \u0026amp; M4\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImprove airflow through the factory intake system of your BMW G8X M car with the MMX Cotton Panel Air Filter.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for S58-powered BMW G87 M2, G80\/G81 M3 and G82\/G83 M4 models, the MMX high-flow cotton panel filter is a direct replacement for the standard paper air filter and installs into the original BMW airbox.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor owners who want a simple, OEM-style intake upgrade without replacing the complete airbox, this reusable performance filter provides improved airflow, enhanced induction sound and straightforward installation while retaining the factory intake layout.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX lists the filter under part number MMR01-1601 and describes it as a washable and reusable cotton gauze filter developed specifically for the G-Series S58 engine.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhy Upgrade Your G8X Air Filter?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe standard BMW paper air filter is designed primarily around filtration, noise reduction and factory servicing requirements.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA performance cotton filter uses a different construction intended to provide reduced airflow restriction while still filtering incoming air.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX Cotton Panel Air Filter provides a simple upgrade for owners looking to improve the breathing characteristics of the factory intake system without installing a complete aftermarket intake.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eKey Features\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX high-flow cotton panel air filter\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for BMW G8X S58 applications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDirect replacement for the factory air filter\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFits inside the original BMW airbox\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigh-flow cotton gauze construction\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWashable and reusable\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImproved airflow compared with the factory paper filter\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEnhanced induction sound\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRetains the OEM airbox\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStraightforward installation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSuitable for standard and modified vehicles\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWorks as part of a wider MMX intake upgrade package\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigh-Flow Cotton Gauze Construction\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX filter uses a cotton gauze filtration medium rather than the conventional disposable paper construction found in the original air filter.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe aim is to improve airflow through the intake while retaining effective filtration for road and performance use.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReduced intake restriction can help the engine breathe more freely, particularly on modified vehicles where airflow demand has increased.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for the BMW S58 Engine\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe BMW S58 is a high-performance twin-turbocharged engine used throughout the current generation of M2, M3 and M4 models.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX developed this filter specifically for the G-Series S58 platform, making it a direct-fit upgrade for compatible factory airboxes.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eApplications include:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G87 M2\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G80 M3\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G81 M3 Touring\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G82 M4\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G83 M4 Convertible\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eRetains the Factory Airbox\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOne of the main benefits of a performance panel filter is that the original BMW airbox remains in place.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis helps retain:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOEM fit and finish\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFactory airbox mounting\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFactory intake ducting\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFactory heat shielding\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOriginal engine-bay appearance\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor owners who want a subtle intake upgrade rather than a complete open-cone system, this makes the MMX panel filter particularly appealing.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImproved Airflow\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX describes the filter as a high-flow upgrade designed to reduce restriction compared with the factory paper filter.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImproved airflow can be beneficial on both standard and tuned S58 engines, particularly when combined with other intake modifications.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOn a standard vehicle, the improvement is primarily about reducing restriction and sharpening intake response.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOn a modified vehicle, improved airflow can become increasingly useful as boost and engine airflow requirements rise.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEnhanced Induction Sound\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX cotton panel filter can also increase the amount of induction sound audible from the factory intake system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBecause the original airbox remains fitted, the increase is generally more subtle than with a full open intake system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis makes it suitable for owners wanting:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMore turbo and induction character\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eOEM-style appearance\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReduced intake restriction\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNo major engine-bay modification\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWashable \u0026amp; Reusable\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eUnlike a conventional paper air filter that is normally replaced during servicing, the MMX cotton panel filter is washable and reusable.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhen serviced correctly, the filter can be cleaned and reused rather than discarded.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis makes it a long-term alternative to repeatedly purchasing replacement paper filters.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAlways follow the manufacturer's cleaning and maintenance recommendations to avoid damaging the filtration material.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSimple Installation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX filter is designed to drop directly into the original BMW airbox.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX states that installation can typically be completed in around 10 minutes, making this one of the simplest performance upgrades available for the S58 intake system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eNo replacement airbox or major intake modification is required.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIdeal First Intake Upgrade\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor owners beginning to modify their G8X M car, a panel filter is an excellent first step.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIt provides a simple upgrade without committing to a complete intake system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe filter can later be combined with further MMX intake components such as:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIntake pipes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTurbo inlet elbows\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eComplete intake upgrade packages\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis makes it suitable for both lightly modified road cars and more developed performance builds.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWorks with MMX G8X Intake Upgrades\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX also uses these cotton panel filters as part of its complete G8X Ultimate Intake Solution.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThat package combines the panel filters with MMX intake pipes and turbo inlet elbows to improve airflow throughout the S58 intake tract.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThis means the panel filters can be used as a standalone upgrade initially and later incorporated into a more comprehensive intake system.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX Panel Filter vs Factory Paper Filter\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe standard BMW paper filter is designed for factory servicing requirements and long replacement intervals.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX cotton filter offers several performance-focused advantages:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX Cotton Panel Filter:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eHigh-flow cotton gauze\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWashable\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReusable\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImproved intake airflow\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eEnhanced induction sound\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePerformance-oriented construction\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFactory Paper Filter:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDisposable\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned primarily for standard road use\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReplaced during servicing\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMore restrictive construction\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFor enthusiasts looking for a simple intake upgrade while retaining the factory airbox, the MMX filter provides a useful middle ground.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX Panel Filter vs Full Intake System\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA full aftermarket intake replaces more of the factory intake hardware and can provide greater changes in airflow and induction sound.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX panel filter takes a more subtle approach.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIt is best suited to owners who want:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFactory airbox retention\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSimple installation\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eImproved airflow\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMore induction sound\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReusable filtration\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMinimal engine-bay changes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eA full intake system may be more appropriate for highly tuned cars or owners looking for maximum induction noise and airflow improvements.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSuitable for Standard \u0026amp; Tuned G8X Models\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe MMX Cotton Panel Air Filter can be used on both standard and modified S58-powered BMWs.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eIt is particularly suitable for:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eStandard G87 M2\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTuned G87 M2\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eG80 \/ G81 M3\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eG82 \/ G83 M4\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eFast-road builds\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTrack-day cars\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eVehicles with upgraded turbo inlet pipes\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eVehicles with other intake modifications\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMaintenance\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eReusable cotton filters require periodic cleaning to maintain airflow and filtration performance.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eService frequency will depend on:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMileage\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDriving environment\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eTrack use\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDust exposure\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eVehicle usage\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe filter should be inspected periodically and cleaned according to MMX's recommended procedure.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eAvoid using inappropriate cleaning chemicals or excessive compressed air, as this can damage the filtration media.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eDesigned for S58-powered BMW G8X M cars including:\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G87 M2\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G80 M3\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G81 M3 Touring\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G82 M4\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cspan\u003eBMW G83 M4 Convertible\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eMMX currently lists the cotton panel filter across both its G87 M2 and G8X M3 product ranges.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003ePlease confirm your exact vehicle specification before ordering.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eWhat's Included?\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eSupplied as the MMX cotton panel filter set required for the compatible BMW G8X S58 factory airbox.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eThe original airbox and intake components are retained.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003e\u003cspan\u003eExplore More BMW G8X Performance Parts\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003eLooking to improve your BMW's intake system further? Explore our range of G8X performance upgrades.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/g87-2023\"\u003eBMW G87 M2 Parts\u003c\/a\u003e – Shop intake, suspension, braking and performance upgrades for the BMW G87 M2.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/g8x-m3\"\u003eBMW G80 \/ G81 M3 Parts\u003c\/a\u003e – Explore performance upgrades for the BMW G80 M3 and G81 M3 Touring.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/g82-m4-2021\"\u003eBMW G82 \/ G83 M4 Parts\u003c\/a\u003e – Browse intake and performance products for the BMW G8X M4.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"isSelectedEnd\"\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/mmx\"\u003eMMX Performance\u003c\/a\u003e – Explore MMX intake, chassis and engine performance upgrades.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cspan\u003e\u003ca href=\"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/induction\"\u003eInduction\u003c\/a\u003e – Browse performance air filters, intake systems, pipes and turbo inlet upgrades.\u003c\/span\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MMX","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53893512495441,"sku":"MMR01-1601","price":157.25,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/MMX-Cotton-panel-air-filter-_-BMW-G8x-_-M2-_-M3-_-M4-MMX-177697257.webp?v=1779968941"},{"product_id":"mmx-370mm-rear-2-piece-rotor-bmw-g8x","title":"MMX 370mm Rear 2-Piece Rotor | BMW G8x","description":"\u003cp\u003eMMR Performance disc\/rotor upgrades are designed to directly replace your OEM brake discs\/rotors and come as a pair complete with left and right-handed, two-piece floating discs. Each disc not only weighs less than the OEM part but also features much larger, more efficient directional cooling vanes to ensure even braking performance, pad wear and cooling capability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLeft and right handed 370mm x 24mm discs sold in a pair. Matching 2-piece front discs available.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MMX","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53893545066833,"sku":"MMR30-1602R","price":1198.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/MMX-370mm-Rear-2-Piece-Rotor-_-BMW-G8x-MMX-177697822.webp?v=1779969219"},{"product_id":"mmx-380mm-front-2-piece-rotor-bmw-g8x","title":"MMX 380mm Front 2-Piece Rotor | BMW G8x","description":"\u003cp\u003eMMR Performance front disc\/rotor upgrades are designed to directly replace your OEM brake discs\/rotors and come as a pair complete with left and right-handed, two-piece floating discs. Each disc not only weighs less than the OEM part but also features much larger, more efficient directional cooling vanes to ensure even braking performance, pad wear and cooling capability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eLeft and right handed 380mm x 36mm discs sold in a pair. Matching 2-piece rear discs available.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"MMX","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":53893553783121,"sku":"MMR30-1601F","price":1318.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/files\/MMX-380mm-Front-2-Piece-Rotor-_-BMW-G8x-MMX-177698472.webp?v=1779969355"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0968\/6371\/5665\/collections\/4SeriesG82M41080.png?v=1789999377","url":"https:\/\/therossocorsacollective.com\/collections\/g82-m4-2021.oembed?page=4","provider":"The Rosso Corsa Collective","version":"1.0","type":"link"}